WO2003088122A1 - System and method for prodject bid and requisition process - Google Patents

System and method for prodject bid and requisition process Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2003088122A1
WO2003088122A1 PCT/US2003/011341 US0311341W WO03088122A1 WO 2003088122 A1 WO2003088122 A1 WO 2003088122A1 US 0311341 W US0311341 W US 0311341W WO 03088122 A1 WO03088122 A1 WO 03088122A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
data
bid
project
vendor
ofthe
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2003/011341
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Andrew A. Cullen, Iii
Ivan Danilov
Leonid Zilberman
Original Assignee
Volt Information Sciences, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Volt Information Sciences, Inc. filed Critical Volt Information Sciences, Inc.
Priority to AU2003228510A priority Critical patent/AU2003228510B2/en
Priority to EP03726264A priority patent/EP1500018A4/en
Priority to MXPA04009939A priority patent/MXPA04009939A/en
Priority to CA002485952A priority patent/CA2485952A1/en
Publication of WO2003088122A1 publication Critical patent/WO2003088122A1/en
Priority to AU2010204473A priority patent/AU2010204473B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/06Buying, selling or leasing transactions
    • G06Q30/08Auctions
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/06Resources, workflows, human or project management; Enterprise or organisation planning; Enterprise or organisation modelling
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/06Resources, workflows, human or project management; Enterprise or organisation planning; Enterprise or organisation modelling
    • G06Q10/063Operations research, analysis or management
    • G06Q10/0631Resource planning, allocation, distributing or scheduling for enterprises or organisations
    • G06Q10/06311Scheduling, planning or task assignment for a person or group
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/10Office automation; Time management
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/04Billing or invoicing
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q40/00Finance; Insurance; Tax strategies; Processing of corporate or income taxes
    • G06Q40/04Trading; Exchange, e.g. stocks, commodities, derivatives or currency exchange

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a computer system and method for electronically facilitating all aspects of projects, including the project bid process, requisition process, spend
  • vendors third party providers
  • these outsourced business functions are performed under a "project,” “staff supplementation” or “consulting” (hereinafter collectively referred to as “project work") agreement between the buyer and the vendor.
  • Project work The various tasks involved in project work, such as vendor engagement, project administration, resource management and project accounting, can be extremely complex, entailing the convergence of numerous buyer organizational departments, such as purchasing, finance, operations, legal, human resources, security and the project management organization.
  • embodiments ofthe present invention provide a comprehensive, web-enabled computer system and method for facilitating and managing all aspects of project work in a project bid management system.
  • the computer system and method is capable of producing analytical data related the project bid management system. Transactional data related to the bid and project are entered into the computer system through an on-line bid and project requisition process. Using the transactional data stored within the system, virtually any type of analytical data related to single or multiple projects performed by one or more vendors for one or more buyers can be generated.
  • the analytical data can include aggregate transactional data associated with multiple projects, multiple vendors and/or multiple buyers.
  • the analytical data can include statistical data computed as a function ofthe transactional data. If the analytical data is generated from transactional data related to multiple buyers, the transactional data is stored in a central database that is configured to receive at least a portion of individual transactional data stored within database systems of buyers, vendors or administrators.
  • the transactional data includes at least bid data that is entered into data fields of a bid during the on-line bid process.
  • the transactional data can further include project tracking parameters identifying one or more contractual terms of a project associated with the bid and project performance data related to the performance ofthe project by the vendor.
  • the project tracking parameters can further include taxation information identifying taxable components ofthe project and taxation amounts associated with each ofthe taxable components.
  • the transactional data can further include voucher information entered into data fields associated with the bid and the project by the buyer and the vendor during the performance ofthe project.
  • the analytical data can be generated from the transactional data based on the type of request and information included as part ofthe request.
  • the request can include one or more filters related to vendor profile properties, buyer profile properties, project profile properties and/or commodity profile properties.
  • the transactional data can be filtered using the included filters, and the filtered transactional data can be used to generate the analytical data.
  • the analytical data can be presented to an authorized user in a project reporting view on a web page.
  • FIG. 1 is a high-level functional view ofthe project work bid process involved in the present invention
  • FIG. 2 A is a network diagram ofthe computer system ofthe present invention
  • FIG. 2B is an alternate network diagram ofthe computer system ofthe present invention implemented at the buyer network
  • FIGs. 3A and 3B illustrate the physical network architecture ofthe computer system of the present invention
  • FIGs. 4A-4D are exemplary home web pages associated with each ofthe user modules shown in FIGs. 2A and 2B;
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for engaging in a project work bid process, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention
  • FIG. 6 illustrates the electronic facilitation of a vendor qualification process for defining the type of project work a vendor provides and/or a buyer requires and qualifying vendors for buyers, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention
  • FIG. 7 is a flow chart illustrating exemplary steps for qualifying a vendor for a buyer, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention
  • FIG. 8 illustrates sample information processing involved in responding to a bid request and various user roles responsible for the information processing
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for defining and assigning the various resources involved in the project work process, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a database table view illustrating the definition and assignment of user roles, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is an exemplary screen shot ofthe assignment of resources to user roles
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for defining and assigning user roles during a bid or project transaction, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention.
  • FIGs. 13 A and 13B are flowcharts illustrating exemplary steps for managing workflow pertaining to a bid or project transaction based on user roles, in accordance with embodiments of the present invention
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for modifying user role assignments, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention.
  • FIG. 15 a data flow diagram illustrating a bid template creation tool and bid request creation tool for generating a bid request for a particular project, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention
  • FIGs. 16A-16D are flowcharts illustrating exemplary steps for creating a bid template, a bid request from the bid template and a bid response from the bid request;
  • FIG. 17 is a database table view illustrating a hierarchical bid item list from which bid templates can be created
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for accessing the hierarchical bid item list to create a bid template
  • FIG. 19 is a screen shot illustrating the creation of a bid template
  • FIG. 20 is a flow chart illustrating exemplary steps for generating a bid request utilizing a bid template, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention.
  • FIGs. 21-22 are screen shots illustrating various types of bid items associated with the particular bid template that can be selected from to include in a bid ofthe bid template type;
  • FIG. 23 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for administering the communication of a bid request to qualified vendors;
  • FIG. 24 is a screen shot illustrating the selection of qualified vendors to receive the bid request
  • FIG. 25 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps in a vendor bid response process, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention.
  • FIGs. 26-28 are screen shots illustrating the vendor bid response process
  • FIG. 29 is a database table view illustrating the interrelation between the bid request and vendor bid response data, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention.
  • FIG. 30 is a screen shot illustrating the various bid processing features provided to a buyer
  • FIG. 31 is a data flow diagram illustrating the electronic facilitation of vendor bid response grading, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention
  • FIGs. 32 and 33 are flowcharts illustrating exemplary steps for grading vendor bid responses, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention
  • FIGs. 34A-34E are screen shots illustrating a sample bid response grading process
  • FIG. 35 is a database table views illustrating the interrelation between the bid request, vendor bid responses and grading of vendor bid responses, in accordance with embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 36 is a flowchart illustrating a vendor re-quotation process based upon the vendor bid response grading, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention.
  • FIG. 37 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps in a project administration setup process, in which the project is awarded to a vendor and the terms and conditions ofthe project are finalized and entered into the computer system to track milestones and deliverables, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention
  • FIG. 38 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for approval of assigned resources to a project, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention
  • FIG. 39A is a screen shot illustrating exemplary buyer project administration features
  • FIG. 39B is a screen shot illustrating exemplary vendor project administration features
  • FIG. 40 A is a screen shot illustrating an interface for entering exemplary project taxation information
  • FIG. 40B is a screen shot illustrating exemplary requisition information including entered project taxation information
  • FIG. 40C is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for entering and processing project taxation information
  • FIG. 41 is a database table view illustrating various project administration components handled by the computer system ofthe present invention
  • FIG. 42 is a screen shot illustrating the types of liability issues that can be managed by the computer system ofthe present invention.
  • FIG. 43 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for entering contractor time for a project, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention.
  • FIGs. 44-46 are screen shots illustrating a sample time keeping process
  • FIG. 47 is a database table view illustrating the tracking of project deliverables and vouchering, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention.
  • FIG. 48 illustrates the electronic facilitation of a payment vouchering process for submitting and approving payment vouchers and creating a payment voucher, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention
  • FIG. 49 is a flowchart illustrating a voucher payment process, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention.
  • FIG. 50 is a database table view illustrating the generation of payable vouchers, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention.
  • FIG. 51 is a screen shot illustrating project financial data;
  • FIG. 52 is a flow diagram illustrating the information exchange between the buyer, vendor and system to facilitate analysis ofthe information
  • FIG. 53 illustrates exemplary functionality for entering project performance data related to
  • FIGs. 54-56 are flow charts illustrating exemplary steps for entering project performance
  • FIG. 57 is a database table view illustrating the storage of project performance data, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention.
  • FIG. 58 illustrates exemplary transactional data related to the bid/project process stored
  • FIG. 59 illustrates an exemplary transfer ofthe transactional data from multiple buyer
  • FIG. 60 illustrates the electronic facilitation of analysis and reporting of transactional data, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention.
  • FIGs. 61-67 are flow charts illustrating exemplary steps for analyzing the transactional
  • FIG. 68 illustrates the electronic facilitation of a filtering process for filtering the
  • FIG. 69 is a flow chart illustrating exemplary steps for filtering the transactional data
  • FIG. 70 is a screen shot illustrating exemplary project reporting types for generating
  • FIGs. 71-88 are screen shots illustrating exemplary project reporting views, each
  • a vendor is any provider of goods and/or services
  • a buyer is any purchaser of goods and/or services
  • a contractor is a resource employed by a vendor for project work
  • an administrator is a third-party system administrator or buyer-employed project administrator.
  • Buyers can solicit bids from vendors for a particular good and/or service (hereinafter referred to as a project) in a form specified by the buyer using a bid request generated from a pre-established list of bid items related to the project type. Therefore, the bid responses submitted from vendors all have the same form, enabling efficient and effective evaluation ofthe bid responses.
  • Embodiments ofthe present invention further combine the bid process with project management to enable the buyer, vendor, contractor and administrator to track the performance ofthe project after the bid is awarded.
  • FIG. 1 is a high-level functional view ofthe bid process involved in the present invention.
  • Bid request data 210 associated with a particular bid request 200 is provided from a buyer 50 to a project bid management system 30.
  • the buyer 50 can be an individual, business entity or any other type of buyer 50 that requires performance of a project.
  • the form can include one or more bid items selected from a configurable pre-established
  • the bid request data 210 can be related to one
  • the bid request data 210 is formatted by the project bid management system 30 and
  • bid responses 220 are submitted from the vendors 10 to the project bid management system 30 for review prior to
  • the project bid forwarding qualified bid responses 220 ⁇ to the buyer 50.
  • the project bid For example, the project bid
  • management system 30 may be pre-configured to force vendor completion of required bid
  • response items in a specific data format to enable the system 30 to perform some filtering of
  • vendor bid responses 220 the system 30 can ensure that the buyer 50 only receives
  • system 30 can be implemented within a computer system 100, as is shown in FIG. 2 A.
  • a user 5 is shown in FIG. 2 A.
  • the data network 40 can be the Internet or an Intranet and the web browser 20 can be any available web browser or any type of Internet Service Provider (ISP) connection that provides access to the data network 40.
  • ISP Internet Service Provider
  • the users 5 access the computer system 100 through a web server 120 or 125 capable of pushing web pages to the vendor browser 20a, buyer browser 20b, contractor browser 20c and administrative browser 20d, respectively.
  • a bid web server 120 enables vendors 10, buyers 50, contractors 15 and administrators 80 to interface to a database system 150 maintaining data related to the vendors 10, buyers 50, contractors 15 and administrators 80.
  • the data related to each ofthe vendors 10, buyers 50, contractors 15 and administrators 80 can be stored in a single database 155, in multiple shared databases 155 or in separate databases 155 within the database server 150 for security and convenience purposes, the latter being illustrated.
  • the database system 150 can be distributed throughout one or more locations, depending on the location and preference ofthe buyers 50, vendors 10, administrators 80 and contractors 15.
  • the user interface to the vendor users 5 is provided by the bid web server 120 through a vendor module 115.
  • the vendor module 115 can populate web pages pushed to the vendor browser 20b using the data stored in the particular vendor database 155b.
  • the user interface to the buyer users 5 is provided by the bid web server 120 through a buyer module 110.
  • the buyer module 110 can populate web pages pushed to the buyer browser 20a
  • contractor module 130 can populate web pages pushed to the contractor browser 20c using the
  • the user interface to the administrative users 5 is
  • the bid web server 120 provided by the bid web server 120 through an administrative module 135.
  • the bid web server 120 provides an administrative module 135.
  • administrative module 135 can populate web pages pushed to the administrative browser 20d using the data stored in the administrator database 155d. It should be noted that the vendor module 115, buyer module 110, contractor module 130 and administrative module 135 can each
  • module 115 buyer module 110, contractor module 130 and administrative module 135, and can
  • the computer system 100 further provides an additional user interface to administrative tasks
  • the administrative web server 125 enables users 5 through an administrative web server 125.
  • the administrative web server 125 enables users 5 through an administrative web server 125.
  • the top- level database 160 can maintain vendor qualification data 162, buyer-defined vendor criteria data
  • the administrative web server 125 uses a vendor module 145 to push web pages to the administrative browser 20d related to vendors 10.
  • the vendor module 145 can access vendor qualification information 162 to qualify vendors 10 for a particular buyer 50 or for a particular industry.
  • the administrative web server 125 can push web pages to the administrative browser 20d related to the buyer-defined vendor criteria information 164 through a buyer module 140 in order to qualify vendors 10 for a particular buyer 50.
  • a contractor module 148 enables administrators 80 to access contractor redeployment data 166 entered by contractors 15 through the bid server 120 and retrieved into the top-level database 160 from a contractor database 155.
  • the re-deployment data 166 can include, for example, an indication ofthe mobility ofthe contractor, desired geographical areas, contractor skills, desired pay and other contractor information that can be used to assist administrators 80 in qualifying vendors 10 for buyers 50.
  • the computer system 100 can be implemented solely at the buyer network.
  • vendor users 5 enter the computer system 100 via a data network 40 through a vendor browser 20b, as in FIG. 2 A.
  • the web server 120 in FIG. 2B is a buyer web server controlled and operated by a single buyer.
  • the database system 150 stores only the buyer data related to that particular buyer and only the vendor, contractor and administrator data pertinent to that particular buyer. For example, the vendor qualification data for only those vendors that are qualified by the buyer is stored in the database system 150.
  • FIG. 3 A exemplary physical network equipment for implementing the computer system 100 is shown.
  • Each computer 60a-60d can be, for example, a
  • a handheld wireless device providing a web browser capable of accessing the data network or other type of machine implementing a web browser.
  • the server 120 can be, for example, a Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) server.
  • the web server 120 connects to an appropriate database system 150, depending on the type of user.
  • IIS Internet Information Services
  • database system 150 can be implemented in, for example, one or more SQL servers.
  • FIG. 3B exemplary functionality implemented in the physical network
  • a user computer 60 can access the data network 40 using a web browser 66 resident within a storage medium 64 ofthe computer.
  • the storage medium can be a disk drive, random access memory (RAM), read-only
  • ROM read only memory
  • a processor 62 e.g., a microprocessor or microcontroller within the computer 60 loads and runs
  • the server 120 pushes web pages 61 to the computer 60 for viewing by the user on a user interface device 65.
  • the user interface device 65 is a computer screen 15 connected to the computer 60.
  • the user can view one or more web pages 61 on the computer screen 65, each containing prompts for the user to enter various information into the computer system 100.
  • the user can enter the information into the computer 60 for transmission via the data network 40 to the web server 120 via an I/O interface 68 and any type of input device 70, such as, for example, a mouse, keyboard, light pen, touch screen (not shown) or voice recognition software (not shown).
  • a processor e.g., a microprocessor or microcontroller loads and executes computer instructions resident in software modules 128 stored within a storage medium 124, which can be any type of storage medium, as discussed above in connection with storage medium 64.
  • the computer instructions can be created using any type of programming technique, including object-oriented programming techniques.
  • the software modules 128 may contain the computer instructions for the vendor modules, buyer modules, contractor modules and administrative modules (shown in FIGs. 2 A and 2B) for populating web pages 61 for vendor users, buyer users, contractor users and administrative users, respectively.
  • the processor 122 accesses the appropriate software module 128 to determine the database system 150 associated with the computer user and retrieves the data related to the computer user for population in web pages 61 for display on the computer screen 65 ofthe computer 60.
  • the software modules 128 may further be configured to store data received from the computer user within the database system 150. Examples of web pages 61 displayed to buyer users, vendor users, contractor users and administrative users are shown in FIGs. 4A-4D, respectively.
  • FIG. 4A illustrates a sample buyer home page 61a displayed to a buyer user upon log-in and authentication (e.g., a challenge and response authentication) ofthe buyer user. As can be seen in FIG.
  • the buyer user can be provided links to update their personal profile in the system, create an RFP/RFQ (referred to herein as a bid request), administer current bid requests, approve a vendor bid response to award the bid (project) to a particular vendor, process a current project, view historical bid requests or access a voucher processing system to view various project related event tracking requests, such as contractor time cards.
  • the buyer user can further remain updated as to system modifications, receive instructions on how to maneuver through the system and contact a system administrator (e.g., a third-party administrator or buyer-employed administrator) for assistance through the buyer home page 61a.
  • a system administrator e.g., a third-party administrator or buyer-employed administrator
  • the buyer user is further provided with the current status of pending bids and projects at the home page 61a.
  • the current activities can be displayed in subsequent web pages, instead of at the home page 61a.
  • the buyer user can be provided with the number of open bid requests (submitted bid requests) and the number of temporarily saved bid requests (created but not yet submitted bid requests).
  • the buyer user can be linked to another web page displaying a list ofthe open bid requests with subsequent links to web pages that contain the actual open bid requests. Therefore, from the buyer home page 61a, the buyer user can link to any information pertaining to bids or projects that the buyer user has access to.
  • FIG. 4B illustrates a sample vendor home page 61b containing a number of system features available to the vendor user.
  • the vendor home page 61b can provide links to update the vendor profile (e.g., the types of goods and/or services the vendor provides), respond to received bid requests, process current projects or access a voucher processing system to view existing project event completion requests or process new project event completion requests.
  • the vendor user is also provided with the current status of pending bids and projects. For example, the vendor user can determine the number of bid requests that the vendor needs to respond to and the number of temporarily saved bid responses that the vendor has not yet completed. From the vendor home page 61b, the vendor user can link to additional web pages to complete vendor bid responses or access a newly received bid request to begin the vendor bid response.
  • FIG. 4C illustrates a sample contractor home page 61c containing a number of system features available to the contractor.
  • the contractor user may be directed to agree to various non-employee worker agreements before accessing any other information in the system.
  • Each ofthe non- employee worker agreements can be displayed to the contractor user, and the contractor user can be prompted to agree to or otherwise accept the terms ofthe agreements before continuing.
  • the contractor user can access the time keeping system to enter contractor time, update their skills profile or provide re-deployment preferences.
  • current activities associated with the contractor user may also be
  • FIG. 4D illustrates a sample administrator home page 61d containing a number of features
  • the administrative user can access information
  • vendor responses can be displayed to the administrative user. From the administrator home page
  • the administrative user can link to any information pertaining to the bid process or project management that the administrative user has access to. For example, if the administrative user is a
  • the administrative user may have access to the bids and projects of all
  • the administrative user may only have access to bids and projects associated with the particular buyer.
  • FIG. 5 There are several aspects ofthe bid/project process that are handled prior to any bid requests being submitted (step 505). For example, a buyer may want to create a list of qualified vendors for particular bid requests types to reduce processing time during bid solicitation, as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIGs. 6 and 7. As another example, buyers, vendors and administrators may want to designate particular personnel to handle different components ofthe bid/project process for efficient routing of messages and information during the bid/project process, as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIGs. 8-14.
  • a buyer can create a bid request for a project (step 520), as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIGs. 15-29, and submit the bid request to an administrator for approval (step 525), if necessary, as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIG. 20.
  • Most companies require approval of bid requests for budgetary purposes. However, if the buyer is an individual or small business, the buyer user creating the bid request may not need approval from any other party to submit the bid request.
  • the bid request is broadcast (e.g., made available to vendors via the system with optional notification via electronic mail) to qualified vendors (step 530), as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIG.
  • step 535 to solicit a bid response from the vendors (step 535).
  • Each ofthe bid responses is evaluated by the buyer, as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIGs. 32 and 33, to determine which vendor bid response is the most qualified (step 540).
  • the buyer and vendor negotiate the final terms and conditions ofthe contract (step 545) and these terms and conditions can be loaded into the system for project tracking purposes (step 550), as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIG. 37.
  • the vendor selects the specific resources (contractors) for the project, and if the terms ofthe project require buyer approval of resources, the buyer approves all ofthe assigned resources before the project ensues (step 555), as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIG. 38.
  • the system is further capable of handling post-bid activity (step 560) to track the performance ofthe project and payment of vouchers during the course ofthe project.
  • the vendor and contractors assigned to the project can enter time worked and expenses into the system (step 565) for the generation of payable vouchers to be submitted to the buyer through the system, as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIG. 43.
  • the buyer and/or administrator can review and approve the vouchers for payment to the vendor (steps 570 and 575), as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIG. 49.
  • the computer system 100 can enable buyers 50 to establish buyer-defined vendor criteria data 164 for vendors and store the buyer-defined vendor criteria data 164 within the top-level database 160 in a master buyer list 161.
  • the computer system 100 can further acquire pertinent vendor qualification data 162 from vendors 10 and store the vendor qualification data 162 in the top-level database 160 in a master vendor list 163.
  • the vendor qualification data 162 can identify the specific goods and/or services that the vendor 10 provides and the specific geographical areas that the vendor 10 is capable of supplying these goods and/or services, along with other vendor information, such as the size ofthe vendor, whether the vendor has insurance, whether the vendor is certified in certain industries, etc.
  • the buyer-defined vendor criteria data 164 can identify the specific goods and/or services that the buyer 50 desires, the specific geographical areas that the buyer 50 wants the goods and/or services and other buyer constraints, such as the preferred size ofthe vendor, requisite vendor insurance needs, requisite vendor certifications, etc.
  • the computer system 100 can determine which vendors 10 have the requisite qualifications for buyers 50 and provide qualified vendor information 170 (e.g., name, address, and any other vendor information that the buyer needs) to the buyer 50 for review. If the buyer 50 or optionally the administrator 80 approves ofthe vendor 10, the buyer 50 can add the vendor information 170 to a vendor list 158, which is stored in the buyer database 155a. In addition, vendor information 172 for those vendors 10 that the buyer 50 previously qualified can also be stored in the vendor list 158. Furthermore, a master copy ofthe vendor list 158 (i.e., Master Vendor List for Buyers 165) can be stored in the top-level database 160 for redundancy and updating purposes.
  • qualified vendor information 170 e.g., name, address, and any other vendor information that the buyer needs
  • Buyer information 174 (e.g., name, address and other information that the buyer agrees to provide) can also be downloaded to the vendor database 155b for storage in a buyer list 159 therein.
  • a master copy ofthe buyer list 159 i.e., Master Buyer List for Vendors 167) can be stored in the top-level database 160 for redundancy and updating purposes.
  • the top-level database 160 would not store master copies 165 and 167, and the buyer 50 would perform vendor qualification using only the vendor information 172 known to the buyer 50 or provided directly to the buyer 50 by the vendor 10.
  • step 700 the buyer-defined vendor criteria information is established (step 700) and vendor qualification information from a vendor is received (step 710), the buyer-defined vendor criteria information is compared to the vendor qualification information (step 720) to determine whether the vendor qualification information matches the buyer-defined vendor criteria information (step 730).
  • the vendor and buyer are notified ofthe match (step 740), and if the buyer approves ofthe vendor, the vendor information associated with the vendor is stored in the buyer's vendor list for later use in preparing bid requests (step 750).
  • the buyer information can be stored in the vendor's buyer list for reference when receiving bid requests and preparing bid responses (step 760).
  • the system determines whether additional vendor qualification information is needed to qualify the vendor for the buyer (step 770). If so, the vendor is requested to provide this additional vendor qualification information (step 780) to qualify the vendor for the buyer (step 710). If not, the vendor is not qualified for the buyer (step 790), and the vendor is not added to the buyer list.
  • additional vendor qualification information is needed to qualify the vendor for the buyer (step 770). If so, the vendor is requested to provide this additional vendor qualification information (step 780) to qualify the vendor for the buyer (step 710). If not, the vendor is not qualified for the buyer (step 790), and the vendor is not added to the buyer list.
  • buyers and administrators may want to designate certain personnel to handle various aspects ofthe bid/project process to synchronize communications, data and transaction processing across multiple user platforms. For example, referring now to FIG. 8, the bid/project process typically requires the inclusion of a broad spectrum of information processing and functional departments to facilitate the administration and management ofthe bid/project process.
  • Such information processing can include, for example, bid request broadcasting, vendor bid responses, bid disposition (evaluation and award), resource submittal, time card submission, deliverables tracking and payment vouchering.
  • Each of these information processing components may be handled by one or more different individuals or departments, such as the COO, Human Resources department, Project User and Financial Processor.
  • the computer system ofthe present invention can enable a shared work environment, where the buyer, vendor and/or administrator can specify multiple custom user roles that need to participate in the bid/project process and designate personnel (resources) to each ofthe user roles for all bid/projects or for particular bid/projects.
  • the vendor, buyer or administrator determine the specific user role positions that are needed for the bid/project process (step 900). For example, as shown in the sample buyer web page of FIG. 11, the buyer may determine that there is a need for several different user role categories, such as financial approvers, non-financial approvers, time card reviewers, administrate delegates, project milestone administrators, financial coordinators and human resource partners during the project/bid process.
  • the vendor, buyer or administrator may further determine that multiple user role positions within one or more ofthe user role categories are needed for the bid/project process. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the buyer may determine that there is a need for six financial approvers and two non-financial approvers.
  • a data file for the pertinent personnel ofthe vendor, buyer or administrator is stored for use in selecting appropriate personnel for each ofthe user role positions (step 905).
  • One or more key personnel ofthe vendor, buyer or admimstrator e.g., the COO, Project User, etc.
  • the system can assign personnel to user role positions based on the information contained in the personnel data file.
  • user role positions are pre-designated (step 915), and in this case, the pre-designated personnel can be loaded into the system (step 920) and stored in a user role table (step 925). For example, for most vendors, personnel is pre-assigned to various user role positions for all projects. In other companies, one or more ofthe user role positions may not be pre-designated at all or not pre-designated for a particular project (step 915), and in this case, the selected key personnel or the system can assign specific personnel to the user role positions.
  • the specific user role position is selected (step 930), and a list of personnel that can be assigned to that user role position, depending upon user role constraints, is determined from the personnel data file (steps 935, 940 and 945). For example, if a user role position requires a particular level user, only those personnel at the particular user level or higher are included on the list. From the list of personnel for the user role position, one ofthe personnel is selected for the particular user role position (step 950) and the selected personnel is stored in the user role table (step 925). For example, as shown in FIG. 11, upon selecting a particular user role position (e.g., clicking on a user role position), the system can search for qualified personnel for the user role position, and after a
  • the selected personnel for the user role position can be displayed.
  • each table including all ofthe fields necessary for defining
  • the tables are related in a hierarchical and/or
  • Tables 1 and 2 below illustrate sample user role categories and user role positions within
  • each ofthe user role categories can be stored in the database in tables "tblHMPositionCategories" 305 and “tblHMPositions” 306, respectively, as shown in FIG. 10.
  • each user role category is assigned an identification number and a display order for
  • the user role category identification numbers are used within the user
  • the user role categories can be displayed for the user to select from, with links to the specific user role positions within each ofthe categories.
  • the selected user role positions and assigned personnel can be displayed as in FIG. 11.
  • Table 3 below illustrates sample data stored within the personnel date file for each user of
  • the qualified personnel for each user role position can be determined, and the requisite information for each assigned user for each user role position can be ascertained.
  • the business grade assigned to the particular user indicates the particular level ofthe user in the business system. For example, the user may be a level 3 user, and this information would be stored in the user table.
  • the available business grades can be mapped to the user role positions, as shown in Tables 4 and 5 below to indicate the business grade required for the user assigned to each user role position which can be stored in the database in tables "tblHMBusinessGrades” 303 and "tblHMPositiontoGradeMap” 304, as shown in FIG. 10.
  • database structure 300 is scalable and configurable, so that even when operating within a less
  • the database table structure 300 for the buyer takes as input personnel data ("tblHRdata"
  • the personnel data is shown as
  • personnel data may be in any form, depending on the buyer database system. Periodic downloads from the table "tblHRdata" 301 to the table “tblUser" 302 can be performed to update the system
  • tblHMPositionCategories The user role categories table ("tblHMPositionCategories” 305) and user role positions table (“tblHMPositions” 306), and their interrelation to the position grades and assigned personnel are also shown in FIG. 10.
  • table “tblHMPositionsRelationship” 307 includes the
  • the user role positions for each bid template type can be stored in table
  • step 1200 Upon initiation of a transaction (step 1200) (e.g., creation of a bid template or bid request, broadcasting ofthe bid request, receipt of bid response, evaluation of bid
  • step 1205) determines whether all ofthe required user role positions for the transaction have been defined.
  • the system and/or key personnel determines whether specific personnel (also referred to herein as users) have been pre-designated
  • step 1220 If one or more user role positions do not have a pre-
  • the system and/or key personnel designates the appropriate user for all user role positions (step 1225) and stores the identity ofthe designated users for the user role positions in the user role table (step 1230) (e.g., "tblBidHMPositions" in FIG. 10). If all users are pre-designated, the system stores the pre- designated personnel (step 1230), and if applicable, notifies the appropriate personnel ofthe transaction (step 1240).
  • the database table structure 300 further provides the ability to designate transactions that require approving and specific approvers for a variety of reasons. Therefore, within a table "tblApprovalLevel" 310, certain user role positions can be classified as approval positions, and for each approval position, the routing order for approval can be specified. For example, a user role position approver (Approver A) can be designated to approve all transactions generated by another user role position (User B), so that the system automatically routes all transactions from User B to Approver A.
  • Approver A can be designated to approve all transactions generated by another user role position (User B), so that the system automatically routes all transactions from User B to Approver A.
  • each user can be provided access rights to view and modify data within the system.
  • one user role position may have the authority to modify or enter data in the system through a first web page, while another user role position may only have the authority to view the data through a second web page.
  • the information displayed on the web page may be the same to both users, the actual web pages are different, depending on the approval level ofthe user role position.
  • the system determines the approval level ofthe user and pushes the appropriate web pages to the user.
  • Table 10 An example of a data structure implementing user role to web page access mapping is shown below in Table 10.
  • the system ofthe present invention is further designed
  • FIG. 14 there is illustrated exemplary steps for modifying user role
  • a user role position can be re-assigned based on the user name or the transaction type (step 1400). If the
  • step 1410 a new user is selected (step 1415) and the new user is substituted for
  • step 1410 For specific user role position changes (step 1410), all ofthe user role positions held by the user can be displayed (step 1425), and one ofthe user role positions can be selected for changes (step 1430). A new user is chosen for that selected user role position (step 1435) and the new user is substituted for the previous user for that selected user role position (step 1440). This process can be repeated for each user role position that requires a change (step 1445). Specific user role position changes may occur for a number of reasons, such as promotion, reorganization, employee status changes (e.g. full-time to part-time), etc.
  • a listing of all transaction types (e.g., bid request creation, bid request broadcasting, bid request receipt, bid response generation, bid response receipt, bid evaluation, bid award, time keeping, vouchering payment, etc.) can be displayed (step 1450), and a particular transaction type is selected (step 1455). All ofthe user role positions associated with that particular transaction type can be displayed (step 1460) and the particular user role position to be modified is selected (step 1465). A new user is chosen for that selected user role position (step 1470), and the new user is substituted for the previous user for that selected user role position (step 1475).
  • Transaction type modifications may be beneficial, for example, when the particular user for a user role position is unknown, but a change is required due to customer complaints.
  • the user role position modifications can be applied to existing transactions or only to new transactions (step 1480), depending on the reason for the modification and the need for continuity in existing transactions. If the modification is to be applied to existing transactions, the user role
  • user role positions are typically pre-designated to limit access to qualified
  • the vendor personnel can be assigned a vendor contact type, which
  • an administrative user table for the administrator is established containing administrative user master data (step 1300). From the user table, various users can be assigned to one or more user groups and the mapping of users to user groups can be stored in a user group mapping table (step 1305).
  • the user groups can be associated with business units within a company or transaction types or both.
  • the functional rights and responsibilities of each user within the user group can be defined in a user group rights table (step 1310).
  • each user can be assigned access rights (as discussed above in connection with FIG. 10) for the user group.
  • Examples of data structures implementing user groups and user group rights for the administrator are shown in Tables 14-19 hereinbelow. However, it should be understood that other administrator user role configurations can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific administrator user role configurations listed in Tables 14-19.
  • processing teams can be created within the user groups to handle specific transaction types (step 1315). All ofthe users within a particular user group can be mapped to specific processing teams and assigned a routing order for the particular transaction type (step 1320). Exemplary data structures for creating and mapping users to processing teams are shown in Tables 18 and 19 hereinbelow.
  • processing teams can be mapped to specific geographic regions, so that different processing teams can handle the same type of transaction in different regions (step 1325). Therefore, when a particular type of transaction is conducted in a particular location, the system can manage the workflow to the appropriate users based on the transaction type and location (step 1330). For example, the appropriate users can be notified ofthe transaction via an e-mail and/or dashboard update.
  • the user role management supported by the system ofthe present invention provides a flexible, scalable and robust work-sharing environment for the entire bid/project process from bid creation to project completion.
  • the system enables secure communications and transaction processing based upon user roles, which enables users to interface with the correct personnel at the right times while insuring that data view and access rights are limited to those users that have a functional need for the access.
  • BID ACTIVITY After the pre-bid activity is completed, a buyer can create and transmit a bid request to one or more vendors to solicit a bid response from the vendors for a particular project.
  • bid templates can be used for specific project types to solicit the requisite information from vendors for the specific project type in a uniform and comprehensive manner to enable efficient and effective evaluation of bid responses. Exemplary functionality for creating a bid request utilizing a bid template is shown in FIG. 15.
  • a bid template creation tool 180 and bid request creation tool 185 are illustrated in FIG. 15 for the creation of bid templates 240 and bid requests 200 from the bid templates 240, respectively, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention.
  • the bid template creation tool 180 and bid request creation tool 185 can include any hardware, software and/or firmware required to perform the functions ofthe tools, and can be implemented within the web server 120 or an additional server (not shown).
  • Each buyer can create one or more bid templates 240, depending on the nature of project work outsourced by the buyer. For example, if the buyer has a need for staff supplementation in only one department, the buyer may create only one bid template 240 to handle the staff supplementation bid requests 200.
  • the bid template creation tool 180 accesses the buyer database 155a to retrieve bid items 230 within a bid item list 194 and provides the buyer with the bid item list 230 via the buyer module 110, web server 120, data network 40 and buyer browser 20a for the buyer to choose from.
  • the bid items 230 are associated with specific types of information to be solicited from the buyer, vendor or both.
  • the buyer selects and provides one or more bid item selections 235 for inclusion in a bid template 240.
  • one or more ofthe bid items 230 may be mandatory for the bid template 240, such as the name ofthe buyer, location ofthe work to be performed and type of project work requested.
  • the specific information associated with each ofthe mandatory bid items 230 can also be included in fields associated with the mandatory bid items 230 within the bid template 240.
  • the buyer name and project work type can be stored in the bid template 240 for that project work type.
  • Each bid template 240 created by the buyer is stored in the buyer database 155a within a bid template list 190 for later use in creating a bid request 200.
  • the bid request creation tool 185 accesses the buyer database 155a to retrieve the bid templates 240 stored within the bid template list 190 and provides a list of bid templates 240 to the buyer via the buyer module 110, web server 120, data network 40 and buyer browser 20a for the buyer to choose from.
  • the buyer provides bid request data 210 to the bid request creation tool 185 for inclusion in a bid request 200 ofthe bid template 240 type.
  • the buyer can enter bid request data 210 into provided fields for each bid item selection 235 that requires information from the buyer within the bid template 240.
  • the bid request data 210 could include the location of work to be performed, the timing ofthe project and the specific vendor qualifications necessary for the project.
  • the bid request creation tool 185 further interfaces with the buyer database 155a to access the vendor list 158 for the buyer and determine the appropriate vendors to receive the bid request.
  • the appropriate vendors can be selected based on the bid template 240 type and any other vendor qualifications included within the bid request 200 itself.
  • the vendor list 158 can be separated into pre-qualified vendors for bid template 240 types to further reduce processing time when submitting bid requests 200.
  • the bid request creation tool 185 further uses vendor contact information 250 associated with the selected vendors to broadcast (transmit) the bid request 200 to the appropriate vendors (as shown in FIGs. 1 and 2) via the vendor module 115, web server 120, data network 40 and vendor browser 20b, and stores the submitted bid request 200 in a bid request list 196 for the buyer.
  • Vendor bid responses 220 received from solicited vendors can further be stored in the buyer database 155a in a bid response list 198 for later use in comparing and grading vendor bid responses 220.
  • the vendor bid responses 220 are generated from the bid items included in the bid request 200. Specifically, the vendor populates data associated with the vendor and the bid response in data fields within enabled bid items in the bid request 200. Vendors access the bid request 200 via the vendor module 115 to view the bid request and complete the vendor response and submit completed bid responses 220 via the vendor module 115 for storage in the buyer database 155a via the buyer module 110 (step not shown).
  • the bid response 220 can include data retrieved from a vendor database 115b (not shown) and can be stored in the vendor database 155b during and after the bid response creation.
  • FIGs. 16A-16D Exemplary steps for creating a bid template, a bid request from the bid template and a bid response from the bid request from various system perspectives are shown in FIGs. 16A-16D.
  • the main processing steps performed at the system for bid template creation are shown in FIG. 16 A.
  • the system creates a bid template by providing a buyer user a list of predetermined bid items (step 1600).
  • the system receives one or more bid item selections from the bid item list for inclusion within a bid template stored within the system (step 1610).
  • the system communicates the bid item selections within the bid template to the buyer user for generation ofthe bid request using the bid item selections (step 1620).
  • FIG. 1620 Exemplary steps for creating a bid template, a bid request from the bid template and a bid response from the bid request from various system perspectives.
  • the main processing steps performed at the system for bid template creation are shown in FIG. 16 A.
  • the system creates a bid template by providing a buyer user a list of predetermined bid items (
  • the buyer user upon receipt ofthe bid item list, to create the bid template, the buyer user selects one or more bid items to be included in the bid template (step 1630). For subsequent generation of a bid request, the buyer user receives the bid template including the bid item selections (step 1635) and enters bid request data into fields associated with the bid item selections in the bid template to create the bid request (step 1640). After all applicable bid item selection fields have been completed by the buyer user, the bid request is transmitted to the system for broadcasting to qualified vendors (step 1645).
  • the main processing steps performed by the system for bid request generation and broadcasting are shown in FIG. 16C.
  • the system After the creation of a bid template and the storage ofthe bid item selections for the bid template (step 1650), the system generates a bid request using bid request data entered by the buyer user for the bid request ofthe bid template type (step 1660).
  • the system transmits the generated bid request to qualified vendors for solicitation of a bid response ofthe bid template type (step 1670).
  • the vendor receives the bid request including the enabled bid item selections selected by the buyer (step 1680).
  • a vendor user enters bid response data into fields associated with the bid item selections included in the bid request (step 1685) to create the bid response. After all applicable bid item selection fields have been completed by the vendor user, the bid response is transmitted to the system for forwarding to the buyer (step 1690).
  • the tables are related in a
  • bid sections and bid categories for convenience and logical business information processing segmentation when creating the bid templates 240.
  • the buyer user is presented with bid sections 250, from which the buyer user can select a bid category 255 to display the bid items 230 associated with that bid category 255. Breaking the bid items 230 down into bid categories 255 and bid sections 250 fosters a compartmentalized format that is easily understood by the buyer user, thereby enabling a more efficient and effective bid template creation process.
  • the table "tblRFXBidSections" 401 which has the form of Table 20 above, includes the bid section name and identification of each section 250 of bid items 230, along with an indication ofthe display order for each bid section 250 on a web page and any comments to be included with the bid section 250 on the web page.
  • Each bid section 250 can be stored as a separate record in table “tblRFXBidSections" 401 , with each record having the form of Table 20.
  • Within each bid section 250 are one or more bid categories 255.
  • the table "tblRFXBidCategories" 402 further includes the display order for each bid category 255 on a web page and any comments to be included with the bid category 255 on the web page.
  • Each bid category 255 can be stored as a separate record in table "tblRFXBidCategories" 402, with each record having the form of Table 21.
  • Each bid category 255 further includes one or more bid items 230 associated with the bid category 255. Therefore, the table "tblRFXBidltems" 403, which has the form of Table 22 above, includes the bid item name and identification number, along with the bid category 255 associated with the bid item 230. A separate record for each bid item 230 can be stored in table "tblRFXBidltems" 403, with each record having the form of Table 22 above.
  • the table "tblRFXBidltems" 403 fiirther includes additional information pertaining to the bid item 230, such as whether or not disablement ofthe bid item 230 is allowed, whether the bid item 230 is displayed to the vendor, whether the bid item 230 requires a vendor response, the type of data entered by the buyer for the bid item 230, the field length for the data entered by the buyer for the bid item 230, the type of data entered by the vendor for the bid item 230 and the field length for the data entered by the vendor for the bid item 230.
  • Table 26 illustrates sample bid items 230 in the table "tblRFXBid ⁇ tem" 403 making up a bid item list 194, as shown in FIG. 15.
  • each ofthe bid items 230 can be disabled or enabled for a particular bid template 240, depending on the type of project work that the bid template 240 is created for. However, as discussed above in connection with FIG. 15, there may be some bid items 230 that are required to be included in one or more bid template 240 types. Therefore, for the required bid items 230, disablement is not allowed. If an entire bid section 250 or bid category 255 is not applicable to a particular bid template 240, the database table structure 400 can be configured to allow the bid items 230 within entire bid sections 250 or bid categories 255 to be disabled, if all ofthe bid items 230 within that bid section 250 or bid category 255 can be disabled.
  • the bid template 240 and associated bid item selections 235 can be stored in the database table structure 400.
  • a separate record for each bid template 240 can be stored in table "tblRFXBidTemplates" 405, with each record having the from of Table 23.
  • a separate record for each bid item selection 235 included within a particular bid template 240 can be stored in table "tblRFXTemplateltemMatrix" 404, with each record having the form of Table 24.
  • any bid item 230 can be added or removed at any time depending on the specific needs ofthe buyer. Exemplary steps for creating a bid template using the hierarchical and relational database table structure are illustrated in FIG. 18.
  • a buyer user enters a name for the template to create a record for the template in the database table structure (step 1800). Thereafter, the buyer user selects a particular bid section from a list of bid sections (steps 1805 and 1810) and a particular bid category from a list of bid categories (steps 1815 and 1820) to begin the process of selecting bid items for inclusion in the bid template (step 1825). If one or more ofthe bid items in the selected bid category are required (step 1830), the
  • step a) are selected based on the needs ofthe buyer user for the particular type of bid template (step b).
  • all bid items within a bid section or bid category may be able to be disabled
  • the bid template is stored in the bid template
  • step 1855 for later use in creating a bid request.
  • FIG. 19 A screen shot of an exemplary web page for creating a bid template is shown in FIG. 19.
  • the buyer user can enter the bid template name 240, select a bid section 250 and select a bid category 255 to display specific bid
  • the buyer user may also be allowed to disable all bid items 230 within a particular bid
  • the buyer user can save the bid template 240.
  • the bid template 240 the buyer user can save the bid template 240.
  • buyer user may be able to temporarily save the bid template 240 if all bid items selections 235
  • the save button is ghosted until all bid items 230 have been enabled or disabled.
  • FIG. 20 illustrates exemplary steps for creating a bid request from a bid template, as
  • FIG. 17 Initially, a bid template is selected by a buyer user from the bid template list for the bid
  • the bid template prior to generation ofthe bid request or the bid template can be created well in advance of the bid
  • a bid request identifier for the bid request such as a bid request name or number.
  • the system will assign a bid tracking number to refer to the bid as it applies throughout
  • All ofthe bid item selections in the bid template are displayed by bid section and bid category to the buyer user for review (step 2010). If one or more ofthe bid item selections in the bid template are displayed by bid section and bid category to the buyer user for review (step 2010). If one or more of the bid item selections in the bid template are displayed by bid section and bid category to the buyer user for review (step 2010). If one or more of the bid item selections in the bid template are displayed by bid section and bid category to the buyer user for review (step 2010). If one or more ofthe bid item selections in the
  • bid template are not applicable to the particular bid request (step 2015), and the undesired bid
  • step 2020 the buyer user can disable those bid item selections that are not needed for the particular bid request (step 2025). Thereafter, the buyer user enters
  • one or more bid item selections may contain a field for the buyer to enter data, such as the location ofthe work to be performed or the type of project work.
  • These fields can be variable type data fields, such as text-entry fields or selectable options fields with links to other web pages containing the selectable option.
  • An example of a selectable option field that may be displayed involves the selection of a particular type of project work for the bid request from a number of pre-established project types.
  • a configurable and scalable database structure can be provided that enables the buyer's specific project work business requirements to be classified in a non-prose fashion. By selecting from pre-established project work types, the buyer can ensure that vendor bid responses are synchronous with the buyer's project work requirements.
  • the project work types can also be selected by the vendor when completing vendor qualification data (shown in FIG. 2) for selecting of vendors to receive the bid request. Examples of data structures used for selecting the project work type are shown in Tables 27-29 hereinbelow.
  • the data structures are illustrated for simplicity as being organized in a table format, with each table including all ofthe fields necessary for displaying the project work types to the buyer user to select from and storing the selected project work type within the field ofthe associated bid item selection ofthe bid request.
  • the tables are related in a hierarchical and relational manner, such that the tables are accessed in a particular order for displaying the project work types to the buyer user.
  • Table 27 illustrates sample project services types, such as consulting, staff supplementation and other project services.
  • Within each ofthe project services types may be one or more project sectors, as shown in Table 28, and within each ofthe project sectors may be one
  • the bid request is complete. It should be understood that
  • not all ofthe bid item fields require the user to enter bid request data.
  • one or more of the bid item fields require the user to enter bid request data. For example, one or more of the bid item fields require the user to enter bid request data.
  • the ofthe bid item selections may be a vendor bid response bid item selection that only the vendor
  • the buyer user can enable or disable
  • bid requests must be approved prior to transmission to vendors. Therefore, if the bid request requires approval (step 2040), the originator ofthe bid request submits the bid request to the appropriate approvers (step 2045). In exemplary embodiments, as discussed above in connection with FIGs. 9-14, the approval user role positions are pre- designated for all bid requests or for the particular bid request, so that the bid request is automatically routed to the appropriate approver. If the bid request is approved (step 2050), the originator is informed ofthe bid request approval (step 2055), and the bid request is transmitted to qualified vendors (step 2060).
  • the originator is notified ofthe bid request declination (step 2065), and provided the opportunity to edit the bid request (step 2070), if possible.
  • the originator may have disabled one or more bid item selections that need to be included in the bid request for approval purposes, or left blank one or more buyer-required data fields.
  • the bid request is transmitted to the qualified vendors for the bid request (step 2060).
  • FIGs. 21 and 22 are screen shots of exemplary web pages that can be provided to the buyer user for bid request creation.
  • the buyer user can enter the bid request name 200, select a bid section 250 and select a bid category 255 to display specific bid item selections 230 within the bid category 255 that may be included in the bid request 200.
  • FIG. 21 shows an overview ofthe status ofthe bid request 200 listing the number of bid item selections 235 in each section 250 and the number of bid item selections 235 in each section 250 that are completed or disabled.
  • the buyer user can click on the bid section 250 to display the bid categories 255 and bid item selections 235 within each of the bid categories 255. Once all ofthe bid item selections 235 have been completed or disabled, the buyer user can click on a submit completed bid request button for approval and/or transmission to qualified vendors.
  • each bid item selection 235 in each bid category 255 within each bid section 250 can be reviewed to determine whether or not the bid item selection 235 should be disabled.
  • Some ofthe bid item selections 235 in one or more ofthe categories 255 may also require bid request data 210 from the buyer user.
  • the buyer user can either enable or disable that bid item selection 235.
  • the disable button is ghosted to prevent the buyer user from disabling the bid item selection 235.
  • the buyer user may also be allowed to disable all bid item selections 235 within a particular bid section 250 or bid category 255.
  • a bid item selection 235 is enabled and has a field 238 for entering bid request data 210
  • the buyer user can enter bid request data 210 into the associated data field 238.
  • the bid template contains default bid request data 210 for a particular bid item selection 235
  • the default data 210 can be displayed in the data field 238 and may or may not be allowed to be changed, depending on the template settings.
  • FIG. 23 illustrates exemplary steps for reviewing and transmitting bid requests to qualified vendors, as shown in FIG. 15.
  • the originator ofthe bid request can select appropriate qualified vendors from the vendor list based on bid template type and entered bid request data or the bid request can be submitted to a project administrator to choose the qualified vendors, depending on buyer constraints. If the latter, the new bid requests can be displayed to an administrative user (step 2300) to select the desired bid request for review and transmission (step 2305).
  • the administrative user may be allowed to edit the bid request for quality control
  • step 2310 may request the originator ofthe bid request to edit the bid request, if significant changes are necessary (step 2310).
  • the administrative user accesses the vendor
  • step 2315 to determine qualified vendors for the bid request based on the bid template type
  • step 2320 e.g., based on the project family in conjunction with the
  • the administrative user may also query the top-level database (as shown in FIG. 6) for additional matching vendors to add to the qualified vendor list (step 2330).
  • the top-level database as shown in FIG. 6
  • additional matching vendors to add to the qualified vendor list (step 2330).
  • buyer-contracted vendors can select from buyer-contracted vendors that match the bid request data, buyer-contracted
  • the administrative user can select vendors for inclusion in the vendor qualification list based on any number of factors, including previous contract experience with the vendor, vendor reputation and vendor availability.
  • the administrative user transmits the bid request to the qualified vendors (step 2350) and notifies the originator ofthe bid request ofthe bid request status (step 2355). For example, the originator can be notified ofthe particular vendors that received the bid request and any modifications made to the bid request prior to transmission.
  • Exemplary steps for generation and transmission of a vendor bid response, as shown generally in FIGs. 1 and 15 at 220, to a received bid request are shown in FIG. 25.
  • bid requests are transmitted to vendors and routed to the appropriate vendor users, based on vendor user role configurations, as discussed above in connection with FIGs. 9-14.
  • an appropriate vendor user can access the bid request via a menu or dashboard control notification (step 2500).
  • the bid request is submitted with a bid confidentiality agreement binding the vendor user to maintain the contents of the bid request in confidence prior to displaying the bid request contents to the vendor user. If the vendor user acknowledges the confidentiality agreement (e.g., by clicking on an accept button) (step 2505), the vendor user can gain access to the contents ofthe bid request (step 2515). Otherwise, the vendor user is notified that the bid contents will not be accessible and the bid request is removed from the vendor user's view (step 2510).
  • the bid request may also include a time frame that the vendor must agree to respond within. If the vendor user cannot agree to respond within the time frame (e.g., by clicking on an accept button) (step 2520), the vendor user is notified that the contents ofthe bid request will no longer be available to the vendor user and the bid request is removed from the vendor user's view (step 2525).
  • the buyer or project administrator is also notified ofthe vendors that do not acknowledge the confidentiality agreement or time frame constraints, and based on the number of non- acknowledged vendors, the buyer or project administrator can add vendors to the qualified vendor list and transmit the bid request to the additional vendors to ensure that a sufficient number of vendor bid responses are received.
  • the vendor user If the vendor user does agree to respond within the time frame (step 2520), the vendor is authorized to begin completion ofthe vendor bid response (step 2530). To respond to the bid request, the vendor user accesses the bid item selections by bid section and bid category that require vendor response data for review (step 2535). If the vendor user has any questions regarding the bid request (e.g., the type or amount of vendor response data that is required) (step 2540), the vendor user can submit questions to the buyer for bid clarification within a buyer- configured time frame (step 2545).
  • the vendor user accesses the bid item selections by bid section and bid category that require vendor response data for review (step 2535). If the vendor user has any questions regarding the bid request (e.g., the type or amount of vendor response data that is required) (step 2540), the vendor user can submit questions to the buyer for bid clarification within a buyer- configured time frame (step 2545).
  • An appropriate buyer user e.g., the bid request originator or project administrator
  • a vendor via e-mail and/or dashboard update (step 2550) and that buyer user is responsible for providing an answer to the submitted questions within applicable time constraints (step 2555).
  • the vendors are notified of the buyer answers via e-mail and/or dashboard update (step 2560).
  • a bid message board can be provided by the system that both the vendors and the buyer can access for a particular bid request.
  • a screen shot of an exemplary bid message board 600 is shown in FIG. 27. Only the buyer and the vendors responding to a particular bid request can access the bid message board 600.
  • All ofthe vendors may be provided access to all ofthe submitted questions and buyer answers, or only the vendor that submitted the question may be allowed to view the buyer answer, depending on the buyer settings.
  • the vendor questions may be anonymous to the vendors and the buyer or only to the vendors, depending on the vendor and/or buyer preferences.
  • the vendor response data can include costing information including costing elements (e.g., resource requirements, expense types, etc.) and associated pricing information (e.g., resource rates, expense amounts, etc.) and deliverables information including deliverables types (e.g., number of units to be completed, phasing information, etc.) and completion information (e.g., project end date, phase end dates, etc.).
  • costing elements e.g., resource requirements, expense types, etc.
  • associated pricing information e.g., resource rates, expense amounts, etc.
  • deliverables information e.g., deliverables types (e.g., number of units to be completed, phasing information, etc.) and completion information (e.g., project end date, phase end dates, etc.).
  • deliverables types e.g., number of units to be completed, phasing information, etc.
  • completion information e.g., project end date, phase end dates, etc.
  • the bid item fields can be of various data types, such as text/currency/numeric-entry fields and/or selectable options fields.
  • the fields can have multiple levels of detail associated with a singular bid response item for different aspects ofthe project. For example, if a project has several phases, as determined by the buyer and/or vendor, the vendor response fields can include a separate section for each phase ofthe project.
  • the system validates vendor completion of all necessary data fields for bid item selections in the vendor bid response (step 2570).
  • step 2575 the vendor user is provided a system message indicating the deficient vendor response bid item selections, and is prompted to complete the required bid item selections prior to submitting the vendor bid response (step 2580).
  • step 2575 the vendor (upon submission) is provided a message indicating that the vendor bid response has been submitted to the buyer or project administrator for review (step 2585) and the appropriate buyer user is notified of a new vendor bid response via e-mail and/or dashboard update (step 2590).
  • FIGs. 26 A and 26B are screen shots of exemplary web pages that can be provided to the vendor user for bid response generation.
  • the vendor user is provided with web pages displaying the bid item selections within the bid request that require vendor response data.
  • the status ofthe vendor bid response can be displayed to the vendor user listing the number of bid item selections 235 in each section 250, the number of bid item selections 235 in each section that the vendor user must complete and the number of bid item selections 235 in each section 250 that have been completed.
  • the vendor user can access the bid message board to post vendor questions, view the bid response in an on-line format that is easily readable or submit resumes of potential contractors to be included in the vendor bid response.
  • the vendor user can click on the submit completed bid response button for approval and/or transmission to the buyer or project administrator.
  • the vendor user can click on the bid section 250 to display the bid categories 255 and bid item selections 235 within each ofthe bid categories 255. If a vendor response to a particular bid item selection is required, the vendor user can enter the vendor response data 215 into a data field 238 for the bid item selection 235.
  • the data field 238 can be a direct text-entry field or include links to other web pages for selection ofthe appropriate vendor response data 215 from pre-established vendor responses.
  • the data field 238 can have multiple levels, with links to web pages for each level.
  • the data field 238 may be able to be directly populated from the vendor database with default vendor response data 215, such as vendor name and vendor address.
  • vendor response data 215 such as vendor name and vendor address.
  • the vendor module can search for particular bid item selections 235 and populate the data fields 238 for those bid item selections 235 with the appropriate vendor response data 215.
  • FIG. 28 An example of vendor response data selected from pre-established vendor responses is shown in FIG. 28.
  • the bid request includes a bid item selection requiring the vendor to provide resource requirement information for the project, along with, for example, the resource rates associated with the resource requirement information
  • the data field 238 can provide links to other web pages for selection of pre-established resource profile parameters.
  • each resource profile can indicate a particular resource type and associated skills needed for the resource profile .
  • the vendor can select from a number pre-established resource types and associated skills.
  • a configurable and scalable database structure can be provided that enables the vendor's specific resource requirements to be classified in non- prose fashion.
  • Tables 30-37 Examples of data structures used for selecting the resource type and associated skills are shown in Tables 30-37 hereinbelow.
  • the data structures are illustrated for simplicity as being organized in a table format, with each table including all ofthe fields necessary for displaying the resource types and associated skills to the vendor user to select from and storing the selected resource profile within the data field ofthe associated bid item selection.
  • the tables are related in a hierarchical and relational manner, such that the tables are accessed in a particular order for displaying the resource types and associated skills to the vendor user, as will be described hereinbelow in connection with FIG. 29, which illustrates a database table structure 800 representing an exemplary data scheme associated with a complete vendor bid response the interrelation between the vendor bid response and the buyer bid request.
  • Table 30 illustrates sample business sector categories, such as light industrial, management/professional, office and technical. Within each ofthe business sector categories are one or more business arenas, as shown in Table 31, and within each ofthe business arenas are one or more business families, as shown in Table 32. Therefore, to select a particular business family associated with the resource type for the bid response, the vendor user can select a business
  • the resource type can be selected and mapped to the particular resource type, as shown in Tables
  • the general functions can identify the level of skill associated with the
  • the skills category can identify the types of skills, training and experience that the
  • resource type possesses and one or more skills sets associated with each skills category can
  • bid data either bid request data or vendor response data
  • Tables 38 and 39 below illustrate sample bid request data associated with a particular bid
  • tblRFX "tblRFXSelectedBidltems” 802, as shown in FIG. 29.
  • table "tblRFX” 801 general information concerning the bid request can be stored, such as the bid tracking number assigned to the bid request by the system, the bid request name assigned by the originator, the identity ofthe bid request originator, the bid template type, the project type, project work location, budgeted expenditure amount for the project, the status ofthe bid request (e.g., new, submitted, evaluated, awarded, etc.), whether or not top-level database vendors received the bid request and whether any approval was required.
  • other bid information can also be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Tables 38 and 39.
  • the specific bid items selections included within the bid request and the bid request data (buyer comments) entered by the originator for each ofthe bid item selections can be stored in the table "tblRFXSelectedBidltems" 802.
  • Each bid item selection can be stored as a separate record in "tblRFXSelectedBidltems” 802, with each record containing all ofthe fields shown in Table 39 below.
  • Table "tblRFXSelectedBidltems" 802 is tied to the general bid request information table "tblRFX" 801. As discussed above in connection with FIG.
  • the bid item selections contained within table "tblRFXSelectedBidltems" 802 are selected from the table “tblRFXBidltems" 403 and associated with a particular bid template type stored within table “tblRFXBidTemplates” 405 through table “tblRFXTemplateltemMatrix” 404. TABLE 38
  • posting information is
  • the bid request related to each particular vendor that received the bid request, and can include, for example, the date and time the bid request was submitted (posted) to the qualified vendor, the identity ofthe
  • Table 40 A separate record for each vendor that received the bid request can be stored in table 'tblRFXPost" 803, with each record including all ofthe fields shown hereinbelow.
  • response submission information can include the vendor bid response identifier, the status ofthe vendor bid
  • Table 43 below illustrates sample vendor bid response data submitted in a vendor bid
  • vendor bid response data can include the bid tracking number, the vendor response identifier, the identity ofthe vendor, the
  • bid item selection any bid request data (buyer comments) associated with that particular bid item
  • Associated with one or more ofthe vendor responses to bid item selections may be one or more resource profiles ofthe particular resources (contractors) that the vendor identified as
  • the resource profiles can be created in advance or as part of
  • the resource profiles are generated using the business sector, business arena, business family, general functions and skills discussed above in connection with FIG. 28
  • resource profile information (resource type and skills) for resource profiles
  • “tblResourceProfileMaster” 807 stores the resource type ofthe resource profile (e.g., business
  • Sample information relating to the particular selected resource profiles submitted with the vendor bid response is shown in Table 47 below, which can be stored in table "tblRFXResourcePfoiles" 818 in FIG. 29.
  • selected resource profile information can include the identity ofthe resource profile and the anticipated quantity of that particular selected resource profile that are needed to complete the project.
  • other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Table 47.
  • a separate record for each selected resource profile for the project is stored in "tblRFXResourceProfiles" 818, with each record containing all ofthe fields shown in Table 47 below.
  • Table "tblRFXResourceProfiles” 818 is tied to table “tblRFXResourceProfileMaster” 807 to associate the particular resource type, skills and general functions with the selected resource profile.
  • Table “tblRFXResourceProfiles” 818 is further tied to table “tblRFXSelectedBidltems” 802 to associate the selected resource profiles with the particular bid item selections requesting the resource profiles. TABLE 47 tblRFXResouceProfile (db structure view)
  • the vendor may also provide pricing information associated with the particular selected resource profiles for the project.
  • Sample resource pricing information is shown in Table 48 below, which can be stored in the database in table "tblRFXResourcesProfilePricing" 819, as shown in FIG. 29.
  • resource pricing information can include the resource profile identifier, the identity ofthe vendor bid response record for the bid item selection requesting the resource profile and pricing information, the anticipated number of hours the resource associated with the resource profile will work, the billing rate associated with the resource profile and the anticipated billing amount ofthe resource associated with the resource profile.
  • a separate record for each resource associated with one ofthe selected resource profiles is stored in table "tblRFXResourcesProfilePricing" 819, with each record containing the fields shown in Table 48
  • the vendor bid response may be any suitable vendor bid response.
  • Sample material also include information related to the types of materials needed for the project.
  • Such material information can include the identity ofthe vendor bid response record for the bid item selection requesting the
  • Table "tblRFXRespMaterials" 822 is tied to table “tblRFXRespMain” 806 and table
  • the vendor bid response may also include information related to the phasing ofthe
  • Sample phasing information is shown below in Table 50, which can be stored in the database in table "tblRFXRespPhase" 823, as shown in FIG. 29. For example, for each phase of
  • the phasing information can include the identity ofthe vendor bid response record for
  • the bid item selection requesting the phasing information the number ofthe particular phase, a
  • phase e.g., number of units to be completed or other project milestones.
  • FIG. 29 A separate record for each vendor question/buyer response and buyer question/vendor
  • details can include the vendor bid response identifier, the project name, the name ofthe buyer, the
  • FIG. 30 a screen shot of a sample web page displaying options to the
  • the buyer for administration ofthe bid request and vendor bid responses is illustrated. From the bid request administration web page, the buyer user can submit a completed bid request to an
  • the buyer can grade or otherwise compare the vendor bid responses in order to determine which vendor will get awarded the project. With the use of pre-established bid items in the (bid request and bid responses, all vendor bid responses have the same format, enabling efficient and effective grading and comparison of vendor bid responses. Therefore, prior to begin grading ofthe vendor bid responses, the buyer can select one or more bid items for grading purposes. Exemplary functionality for selecting graded bid items and grading vendor responses to the selected graded bid items is shown in FIG. 31.
  • a grading tool 188 is illustrated in FIG. 31 for the selection of graded bid items and grading of vendor bid responses, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention.
  • the grading tool 188 can include any hardware, software and/or firmware required to perform the functions ofthe tools and can be implemented within the web server 120 or an additional server (not shown).
  • a grader responsible for grading vendor bid responses can access the grading tool 188 to select one or more bid item selections 235 from the bid request for grading purposes.
  • the grading tool accesses the bid item list 194 stored in the database 155, retrieves the bid item selections 235 from the bid item list 194 that are included within the particular bid request identified by the grader and displays the bid item selections 235 to the grader via the buyer module 110, web server 120, data network 40 and buyer browser 20a to choose from.
  • the grader can select one or more graded bid items 236 and provide a list ofthe graded bid items 236 to the grading tool 188.
  • the grading tool 188 can access a vendor bid response list 192 to retrieve the vendor response data 215 associated with one ofthe graded bid items 236 for one ofthe vendor bid responses in the list 192.
  • the bid item response data 215 is displayed to the grader for grading purposes. Based on various factors (objective and subjective) regarding the quality and information included within the displayed bid item response data 215, the grader can assign a grade for that bid item response 215 and transmit a bid item response grade 260 to the grading tool 188.
  • the grading tool 188 further interfaces with the database 155 to store the bid item response grade 260 for the vendor in a vendor grades list 198 that contains the bid item response grades 260 for all graded bid items 236 for each ofthe vendor bid responses in the vendor bid response list 192.
  • the grading tool 188 can calculate an overall vendor score 265 for the particular vendor bid response and store the vendor score 265 in the vendor grades list 198.
  • Exemplary steps for selecting graded bid items and grading vendor bid responses using the graded bid items are shown in FIGs. 32 and 33.
  • the main processing steps performed for bid response grading are shown in FIG. 32.
  • the bid item selections to be used for grading purposes are identified (step 3210).
  • the bid item selections are associated with the bid request soliciting the vendor bid responses, and vendor bid response data is included within the bid item selections chosen for grading purposes.
  • the vendor bid responses are graded (step 3220).
  • a more detailed grading process is shown in FIG. 33.
  • a buyer user is provided a list of bid item selections associated with the bid request (step 3330).
  • one or more graded bid items are chosen (step 3305), and each graded bid item may be assigned a weighting factor (e.g., a weighting percentage) (step 3310) to weigh certain responses more heavily than other responses in the final score.
  • a weighting factor e.g., a weighting percentage
  • the weighting factors can be equal, thereby eliminating the requirement that the buyer user enter a specific weighting factor.
  • the weighting factors for all the graded bid items must be complete before the vendor bid responses can be graded (step 3315).
  • the grader is provided a list of vendor bid responses (step 3320) and selects one ofthe vendor bid responses for grading purposes (step 3325). Thereafter, the grader selects one ofthe graded bid items (step 3330) to grade the vendor bid response data included within the graded bid item (step 3335).
  • the grader can grade the vendor bid response data using any mechanism available to the grader . In one embodiment, the grader can pre-establish grading criteria for a particular graded bid item to enable the system to automatically grade the vendor response data.
  • the grader can pre-assign grades to specific pricing ranges, and the system can automatically provide a grade for a pricing graded bid item based on the price submitted in the vendor bid response.
  • the grader can compare all ofthe vendor bid response data for a particular graded bid item initially before assigning grades based on the relative differences between the vendor bid response data.
  • the grader can pre-establish a checklist or thresholds for each grade to be assigned to a particular graded bid item.
  • the grade assigned to the vendor response data for the graded bid item is stored in the database (step 3340), and the process is repeated for each graded bid item until the vendor response data included within each graded bid item for a particular vendor bid response is graded (step 3345).
  • the system calculates the vendor's total score based on the individual grades assigned to each graded bid item (step 3350). For example, if the possible grades are A, B, C and D, the vendor score can be calculated by assigning four points for an A, three points for a B, two points for a C and one point for a D.
  • Each vendor bid response is graded in the same manner (step 3355) to enable the vendor scores to be sorted into descending order (step 3360) for display to the buyer user (step 3365).
  • the grader can also be provided with the individual grades for the graded bid items to determine if any re-quotes are necessary. By providing the grader with the total scores and individual grades, the grader can visually determine which vendor had the highest overall score and which vendors had the highest grades for particular graded bid items in order to make a decision as to which vendor to award the project.
  • bid response comparison techniques can be used with the system ofthe present invention, instead ofthe specific grading and scoring described herein. Screen shots of exemplary web pages 61 that can be displayed to the grader for selection of graded bid items and grading of vendor bid responses are shown in FIGs. 34A-34E. In FIG.
  • the web page contains a list of bid item selections 235 for the grader to select from.
  • the grader can also enter a weighting percentage 850
  • the grader can adjust the weighting percentages 850 based on pre-
  • all graded bid items 236 can be assigned equal weights, so that the weighting percentages 850 would not need to be displayed to
  • the grader can be provided
  • a link to the resource profile and associated resource pricing information can be provided into order to grade a particular graded bid item.
  • the grader can
  • the grades 855 may be any suitable graded bid item 236.
  • the grades 855 may be any suitable graded bid item 236.
  • the grader can be
  • the total vendor score 860 can also be displayed to enable the grader to determine the total quality ofthe vendor bid response.
  • vendor bid responses can be compared side-by-side based on the total vendor score 860 and individual grades 855 assigned to each ofthe graded bid items 236.
  • Tables 54-56 Examples ofthe data structures used for selecting the graded bid items and storing the vendor grades are shown in Tables 54-56 hereinbelow.
  • the data structures are illustrated for simplicity as being organized in a table format, with each table including all ofthe fields necessary for displaying bid item selections to the buyer user to select from and storing grades and scores for vendor bid responses.
  • the tables are related in a hierarchical and relational manner, as will be discussed in connection with FIG. 35.
  • Sample bid item selections that could be included in a bid request and associated vendor bid response are shown in Table 54 below. However, it should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Table 54.
  • For each bid item selection there is an indication of whether or not that bid item selection is gradable. For example, not all ofthe bid item selections may include vendor response data to grade. Therefore, only the gradable bid item selections are displayed to the buyer user to select from.
  • a separate grade is stored for each ofthe graded bid items, as shown in Table 55 below, which can be stored in the database table structure 1100 in table "tblRFXGradeltems" 825, as shown in FIG. 35.
  • table "tblRFXGradeltems" 825 may also include the identity ofthe buyer user grader, the weighting percentage 850 assigned to the graded bid item 236 and the vendor bid response identifier associated with the grade 855.
  • other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Table 55.
  • Each vendor grade 855 for each vendor is stored in a separate record in the table “tblRFXGradeltems" 825, with each record containing the fields shown below in Table 55.
  • table “tblRFXGradeltems” 825 is tied to the table “tblRFXRespMain” 806, which is tied to table “tblRFX” 801, both of which are described above in connection with FIG. 29, in order to associate the vendor grade 855 to the vendor bid response and bid request.
  • the table “tblRFXGradeltems" 825 is tied to the table “tblRFXSelectedBidltems" 802 to associate the vendor grade 855 to the particular bid item selection 235.
  • the calculated scores 865 for each ofthe vendor grades 855 for each bid item 235 can be stored as shown below in Table 56, which can be stored in the database in table
  • the buyer user may provide the opportunity for a vendor to submit a re-quote on one or more graded bid items to improve the vendor's score. For example, a vendor that the buyer user typically chooses or that has high grades on other graded bid items may have a lower score than another vendor, and the buyer user may want to provide the vendor the opportunity to revise the vendor bid response data for the one or more graded bid items that have low grades.
  • Exemplary steps for facilitating the re-quote process are shown in FIG. 36.
  • the grader can invite the vendor to re-quote on one or more selected graded bid items (steps 3600 and 3610).
  • the invitation to re-quote may identify only the particular graded bid items that the vendor is allowed to re-quote on to prevent the vendor from re-quoting on any other graded bid items that the grader does not want to re-grade.
  • the re- quote can include a copy ofthe original vendor bid response and enable only those re-quoted bid items to be selected by the vendor user to input new vendor response data.
  • the old vendor can include a copy ofthe original vendor bid response and enable only those re-quoted bid items to be selected by the vendor user to input new vendor response data.
  • response data can be deleted or stored along with the new response data in the database for reference purposes.
  • the re-quote invitation can indicate the vendor grade for each re-
  • step 3630 If the vendor chooses to not re-quote within a buyer-constrained time frame (step 3630),
  • the original vendor grading and scoring applies to the vendor bid response (step 3640). However, if the vendor does re-quote on one or more ofthe re-quoted bid items (step 3630), the vendor
  • step 3650 Upon receipt ofthe re-quote (step 3660), the grader grades the re-quoted bid items
  • step 3700 Exemplary steps for awarding the bid and entering project tracking parameters are shown in FIG. 37.
  • the buyer user can select the buyer user's preferences, knowledge of vendor reputation, knowledge of vendor availability, etc. (step 3705).
  • vendor score e.g., personal preferences, knowledge of vendor reputation, knowledge of vendor availability, etc.
  • step 3710 the vendor for the project. Otherwise, the vendor with the highest score is awarded the bid (step 3715).
  • step 3720 the awarded vendor ofthe bid award
  • step 3725 the awarded vendor and buyer enter into negotiations to finalize the terms and conditions ofthe project, as conventionally done (step 3730). If the awarded vendor and buyer cannot agree on the terms and conditions ofthe project (step 3735), the buyer can re-open the bid process to select a new vendor based on existing vendor scores, based on new vendor bid responses or both (step 3740).
  • the buyer and awarded vendor can load various project tracking parameters into the system (step 3745), such as the project start date, project end date, anticipated project expenditure (requisition amount), assigned resources, project phasing schedule, project payment release schedule, project deliverables, project materials and project expenses to create a purchase requisition for the project.
  • project tracking parameters can be loaded into the system to track the performance ofthe project, and the system is not limited to the project tracking parameters described herein.
  • FIGs. 39A and 39B Screen shots of exemplary web pages 61 for the project administrator and vendor to load project tracking parameters 870 into the system are shown in FIGs. 39A and 39B.
  • various requisition information can be entered into the system, such as the purchase requisition create date, purchase requisition status (which can be updated automatically by the system), the purchase requisition amount, purchase requisition currency (e.g., U.S. dollars), project start date and project end date.
  • the project administrator can also enter into the system various project terms and conditions, such as the statement of work, project goods and services deliverables, project contract, project materials,
  • the project administrator can assign
  • the vendor can access the buyer-entered data to modify previously
  • the vendor can enter one or more ofthe project terms and conditions discussed above.
  • the parties can agree on who is
  • taxation information 875 can also be
  • the buyer and vendor 875 can be used by the buyer and vendor to ensure that all taxation authorities and applicable taxation amounts are accounted for in the project for financial administration and tax liability purposes.
  • a requisition item line number is created for an activity, e.g., a material used by the vendor during the course ofthe project
  • the buyer and vendor can designate within the system all pertinent transactional information that would be necessary to properly assess taxation.
  • the buyer and vendor can originate or update the taxation information 875 by entering location information related to the buyer location, origination location, shipping address, physical delivery address, vendor location, etc., all of which may indicate an applicable taxation authority.
  • Both the buyer and the vendor can further originate or update the taxation information 875 by entering the applicable taxation authorities and the taxation percentage rates.
  • the system can access the taxation percentage rates previously entered by the buyer and vendor for the particular activity and calculate the taxation amount for the purchase order.
  • the taxation information 875 including the taxation authorities, percentage rates, amounts, and other taxation-related transactional information, are stored in the database and made available to authorized users.
  • FIG. 40C An exemplary process for entering and processing taxation information is shown in FIG. 40C.
  • a purchase requisition is created by the buyer/administrator that specifies all elements of an activity ofthe project (project tracking parameters), including human labor, expenses, materials, deliverables, unit work and other miscellaneous expenses, the location of where the goods/services will be delivered or performed (step 4000) and taxation information
  • the system can make the purchase requisition, including the taxation information, available to the applicable vendor to review (step 4005).
  • the vendor can also enter any pertinent taxation information into the system and approve the purchase requisition (steps 4010 and 4015).
  • the complete purchase requisition, including both vendor-approved buyer taxation information and vendor taxation information is provided to the buyer for final approval (steps 4020 and 4025).
  • the vendor purchase order is created and issued to the vendor (step 4030) to begin working on the project (step 4035).
  • one or more purchase order designated goods or services are performed by the vendor (step 4040). If the good/service is related to biUable time expenses of a contractor, the contractor completes his or her time card (step 4045), as will be described in more detail hereinbelow in connection with FIGs. 42-47.
  • the vendor enters other voucher information (step 4050), as will be described in more detail hereinbelow in connection with FIGs. 48-50. Thereafter, the voucher is routed to the designated buyer user for review (step 4055).
  • the system administrator can create a billing file that imports any applicable taxation amount calculated using the previously entered taxation percentage rates, where applicable, and submits an invoice to buyer for payment thereof (step 4060). Thereafter, the buyer pays the administrator (step 4065) and the administrator pays the vendor (step 4070).
  • the administrator maintains financial transactional data in the billing file related to the payment ofthe voucher and grants access to the financial transaction data to authorizes buyer or vendor personnel (step 4075), and can optionally upload the financial transaction data to the top-level database for subsequent processing (step 4080), as will be described in more detail hereinbelow in connection with FIG. 59.
  • the buyer may request the vendor to submit resumes of resource candidates (actual contractors) for the buyer to approve to ensure that the resource profile positions included in the vendor bid response are filled by actual candidates having the resource profiles.
  • Exemplary data structures for the submission of resource candidates and the review of resource candidates are shown in Tables 58 and 59 below.
  • Table 58 below illustrates sample resource candidate information that can be submitted for each resource candidate selected by the vendor for a resource profile position in the project.
  • the resource candidate information can include the bid tracking number ofthe particular bid (bid request and bid response) associated with the resource candidate, the identity ofthe resource profile for the resource candidate, personal resource candidate information, vendor information, the resume ofthe resource candidate and the status ofthe resource candidate submittal.
  • Table 59 illustrates various resource submittal status information that can be included in Table 58. However, it should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Table 58. TABLE 58
  • Exemplary steps for approving resource candidates are shown in FIG. 38.
  • the vendor submits a resume of a potential resource candidate for the resource profile position (step 3800).
  • the buyer reviews all ofthe resumes and assigns qualified resource candidates to the resource profile positions (step 3810). If one or more ofthe resource candidates is not acceptable (e.g., the resume does not indicate that the resource candidate has the requisite skills for the resource profile) (step 3820), and there are no other acceptable candidates for the resource profile position (step 3830), the buyer can re-open the bid process to secure another vendor for the project that can provide the necessary resources (step 3840). However, if aU resource profile positions can be filled by qualified resource candidates, the buyer and/or vendor enters resource information associated
  • the system can authenticate the contractor for
  • the system can provide a
  • system can require the contractor to execute one or more agreements (e.g., by
  • the contractor executed before the contractor can begin working on the project.
  • the contractor executes the contractor
  • Tables 60-63 Exemplary database structures for storing contractor information and ensuring that relevant documents are obtained from the contractor or agreed to by the contractor are shown in Tables 60-63 below.
  • Table 60 lists various sample documents that either need to be obtained from the contractor or that the contractor needs to execute at some point during the project. Table 60 also lists the time constraints for obtaining or executing such documents.
  • Table 61 lists the contractor information, such as the identity ofthe contractor, the number of biUable hours authorized, the amount of expenses authorized, the execution date of various documents and the contractor type.
  • Table 62 lists the particular document and identifies whether the contractor has executed or provided that document and the date of such execution or provision.
  • Table 63 illustrates various exemplary information identifying the type of contractors, such as the number of days the contractor has and has not worked for the buyer. However, it should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Tables 60-63.
  • each table including all ofthe fields necessary for tracking the performance
  • the tables are related in a hierarchical and relational manner, as will be discussed in connection with FIG. 41.
  • Table 64 illustrates sample general purchase requisition information, which can be stored in the database in table "tblPurchaseReq" 1000, as shown in FIG. 41.
  • general purchase information can include the identity assigned to the purchase requisition by the system, the buyer and the vendor, the requisition create date, the requisition amount, the bid tracking number for the bid (bid request and bid response) associated with the purchase requisition, the project start and end dates, along with any other pertinent purchase requisition information.
  • other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Table 64. Referring now to the database table structure 1150 in FIG.
  • table "tblPurchaseReq” 1000 is shown tied to table “tblPurchaseReqContractors” 1012 and table “tblluContractorTypes” 1013, which include information in the data structure format corresponding to Tables 61 and 63 above, respectively, to associate the assigned contractors to the purchase requisition.
  • Tables 65-70 below illustrate sample specific purchase requisition information associated
  • Tables 71-75 illustrate sample requisition payment information related to the
  • Such requisition payment information can include payment
  • project deliverables e.g., goods and services delivered at the end ofthe project or during phases ofthe project
  • payment amounts based on time frames e.g., payment amounts based on time frames.
  • the requisition payment information is shown as stored in the database in tables "tblPurchase-ReqPayDeliverable” 1007, “tblPurchaseReqPayTimeSpan” 1008, “tblPurchaseReqPayUnits” 1009, “tblPurchaseReqPayMaterials” 1010 and “tblPurchaseReqPayProjectExpenses” 1011.
  • tblPurchaseReqPayProjectExpenses 1011 are shown tied to table “tblPurchaseReq” to associate the payment information with the general purchase requisition information.
  • Tables 77 and 77 below illustrate sample information associated with the pay rates for
  • the contractor pay rate For example, the contractor pay rate
  • information can indicate the type of pay (e.g., hourly, fixed, overtime, etc.) and the pay rate
  • the pay rate e.g., biUable rate per hour, biUable rate per overtime hour, biUable amount.
  • Tables 78 and 79 below illustrate sample payment information associated with the contractor expenses for contractors assigned to the purchase requisition.
  • the contractor expense information can indicate the type of expense and the maximum amount allocated for the expense.
  • the contractor expense information can be stored in the database in tables "tblPurchaseReqPayContractorExpenses" 1016 and "tblluContractorPayExpenseTypes" 1017, which are shown in FIG. 41 tied to table “tblPurchaseReq" 1000 to associate the contractor expense information with the purchase requisition. It should be understood that a separate contractor expense record for each contractor expense type of each contractor can be stored in table “tblPurchaseReqPayContractorExpenses" 1016. It should further be understood that additional tables or information can be included, depending on the purchase requisition requirements. TABLE 78
  • the project administrator (or buyer) can monitor the progress ofthe project using a time keeping system, in which contractors enter time into time cards for project work performed.
  • the time cards can be stored to assess project performance for requisition payment information and/or to generate payment vouchers based on time worked, depending on the requisition payment information. For example, if the requisition payment amount was based, at least in part, on an anticipated number of biUable hours of a particular contractor at a particular pay rate, and the contractor completed the project under the anticipated number of biUable hours, the project administrator and vendor may be able to re-negotiate the requisition payment amount that was initially set for payment based on deliverables, time frames or units.
  • the contractor can enter the time keeping system (step 4300) to input time keeping information (step 4310) associated with the number of hours worked by the contractor into a time card (e.g., a time keeping record for the contractor).
  • time keeping information can be entered at any time the time keeping system is accessible.
  • the time keeping system can be accessible only at specific times (e.g., the end ofthe week, the beginning of week, etc.) as determined by the project administrator or during times that the time keeping system is not off-line.
  • the time card is provided to the project admimstrator (step 4325) for review and approval (step 4330). If the time card is not approved (step 4340), the contractor and vendor are notified ofthe time card rejection (step 4350) and the contractor is instructed to access the time keeping system to modify the time card (step 4300). For example, if the contractor has not completely filled out the time card, the time keeping information (e.g., number of hours) entered into the time card is out ofthe normal or unreasonable or the project administrator has knowledge that the time keeping information is incorrect, the time card may be rejected.
  • the time keeping information e.g., number of hours
  • step 4340 If the time card is approved (step 4340), all applicable records within the system are updated with the time keeping information (step 4360) and any payable vouchers associated with the time keeping information are extracted for invoice processing (step 4370). For example, if requisition payment is based on the number of hours worked within a particular time frame, a payable voucher may need to be generated based on the time keeping information entered by the contractor.
  • FIGs. 44 and 45 Screen shots of exemplary web pages 61 provided to the contractor through the time keeping system are shown in FIGs. 44 and 45.
  • a sample time keeping system home page is illustrated in FIG. 44. From the home web page, the contractor can create a new time card, recall temporarily saved time cards for completion purposes or view previously submitted time cards. In addition, if the contractor is allowed to enter contractor expenses (depending on the purchase requisition), the contractor can create a new expense voucher, recall a temporarily saved expense voucher for completion or view previously submitted expense vouchers.
  • the contractor can enter various time keeping information 1150 into the time card 1100. For example, the contractor can enter the week ending work date, project code for the project and cost center responsible for payment. In addition, the contractor can enter the number of regular
  • FIG. 46 A screen shot of a sample web page 61 displayed to the project administrator for review of the submitted time card is shown in FIG. 46.
  • the entered time keeping information In addition to the entered time keeping information,
  • the project administrator may also be provided with other pertinent purchase requisition
  • time card information associated with the time card, such as the current project phase, general ledger code,
  • the project administrator can either reject the time card or approve the time
  • each table including all ofthe fields necessary for storing time
  • Table 80 illustrates sample general time keeping information, which can be stored in the database table structure 1160 in table "tblTimeCard" 1050, as shown in FIG. 47.
  • the time keeping information can include the time card identifier, the associated purchase requisition identifier, the contractor identifier, the vendor identifier, an indication of whether or not the time entered is biUable time for generation of a billing record, the week ending date associated with the time card, the creation date, the review date and an indication of whether or not the time card has been approved.
  • Table "tblTimeCard” 1050 is shown in FIG. 47 tied to table “tblPurchaseReqContractors” 1012, which is tied to table “tblPurchaseReq” 1000, both of which are discussed above in connection with FIG. 41, to associate the time card with the contractor and the purchase requisition.
  • Table “tblTimeCard” 1050 is shown in FIG. 47 tied to table “tblPurchaseReqContractors” 1012, which is tied to table “tblPurchaseReq” 1000, both of which are discussed above in connection with FIG. 41, to associate the time card with the contractor and the purchase requisition.
  • various other tables shown in FIG. 41 are illustrated in FIG. 47 to show the interrelation between the various purchase requisition tables and the time card and contractor expense voucher tables.
  • the time card status identifier stored in the table "tblTimeCard" 1050 can be selected from
  • time card status types e.g., temporarily saved
  • Table 81 illustrates sample detailed time keeping information, which can be stored in the
  • time keeping information can include the number of hours entered as worked on a particular day
  • Table “tblTimeCardDetaUs” 1052 is shown tied to table “tblTimeCard” 1050 to associate the detailed time keeping information with the general time keeping
  • table “tblTimeCardDetaUs” 1052 is tied to table “tblluDayCode” 1053
  • Table 82 below illustrates sample general contractor expense voucher information
  • such general contractor expense voucher information can include the expense
  • voucher identifier the associated purchase requisition identifier, the contractor identifier, the
  • vendor identifier the week ending date associated with the expense voucher, the creation date,
  • Table 83 illustrates sample detailed contractor expense voucher information
  • Such detailed expense voucher information can include the expense
  • tblContractorExpenseVoucherDetails 1055 is tied to table “tblluDayCode” 1053 to associated the day code stored in table “tblContractorExpenseVoucherDetails” 1055 with the particular day.
  • expense voucher information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific tables and contractor expense voucher information shown in FIG. 47.
  • the voucher information 1160 can include time keeping voucher information 1160a, which includes the time keeping information 1150 (shown in FIG. 45 above) entered by the contractor and requisition payment information as determined by the entered project work tracking parameters 870 (shown in FIGs. 39 and 40 above) pertaining to the time keeping information.
  • the voucher information can also include project expenses voucher information 1160b, project deliverables voucher information 1160c, project materials voucher information 1160d, contractor expensing voucher information 1160e, project unit completion voucher information 1160f and project timed payment release voucher information 1160g.
  • the system can automatically generate payable vouchers 1180 based on voucher information 1160 previously entered in other contexts (e.g., project tracking parameters entry, time keeping entry, contractor expense entry and/or project expense entry), or the vendor or buyer/project administrator can generate payable vouchers 1180 and enter various applicable portions ofthe voucher information 1160 (e.g., unit completion entry or deliverable completion entry) into the payable vouchers 1180.
  • voucher information 1160 previously entered in other contexts
  • the vendor or buyer/project administrator can generate payable vouchers 1180 and enter various applicable portions ofthe voucher information 1160 (e.g., unit completion entry or deliverable completion entry) into the payable vouchers 1180.
  • FIG. 49 exemplary steps involved in a voucher processing and payment system are illustrated. Initially, various project tracking parameters (e.g., purchase requisition information) are entered into the system (step 4400) and all vendor responsibilities for goods and services, both biUable and non-billable are stored in the database (step 4410).
  • the vendor accesses the system to record the good or service performed and request payment for the good or service (step 4430). In other embodiments, payment may be automatically requested by the system at certain time intervals.
  • the system generates a voucher
  • step 4440 based on the project tracking parameters and other voucher information (e.g., timekeeping information, expenses, materials, etc.) (step 4440) and routes the voucher to the appropriate
  • step 4460 If the voucher is not approved (step 4460), the vendor is notified and provided the option
  • step 4470 If the voucher is approved (step 4460), the vendor is
  • the voucher is processed for electronic invoicing based on prescribed scheduling (using system or buyer constraints) (step 4495).
  • the system can employ a batch process to
  • AU invoices can be generated in a format based on buyer specifications or in a system-defined format.
  • the buyer receives the invoice(s) (step 4498) and releases payment of
  • invoice(s) to the vendor(s) via a pre-configured method (e.g., EFI, check, etc.) (step 4499).
  • a pre-configured method e.g., EFI, check, etc.
  • each table including all ofthe fields necessary for storing voucher information.
  • the tables are related in a hierarchical and
  • Table 84 illustrates sample general project unit completion voucher information, which can be stored in the database table structure 1170 in table "tblVoucherUnits" 1060, as
  • the general project unit completion voucher information can be any type shown in FIG. 50.
  • the general project unit completion voucher information can be any type shown in FIG. 50.
  • Table “tblVoucherUnits” 1060 is shown tied to table “tblPurchaseReq” 1000, which is discussed
  • FIG. 41 various other tables shown in FIG. 41 are illustrated here in FIG. 50 to show the interrelation between the various purchase requisition tables and the voucher tables. It
  • FIG. 47 is also considered a voucher table for generation of a payable voucher. It should be
  • such detailed project unit completion voucher information can include a description
  • Table 86 illustrates sample general time completion voucher information, which can
  • the general time completion voucher information can include the time voucher identifier
  • FIG. 41 to associate the voucher information with the purchase requisition. It should be
  • Table 87 below illustrates sample detailed time completion voucher information, which can be stored in the database in table "tblVoucherTimePaymentDetaUs" 1063, as shown in FIG.
  • such detailed time completion voucher information can include the work start
  • Table “tblVoucherTimeCompletionDetails” 1063 is shown tied to table “tblVoucherTimePayment” 1062 to associate the detailed time completion voucher information
  • Table 88 below illustrates sample general project expense voucher information, which can be stored in the database in table "tblVoucherProjectExpense” 1064, as shown in FIG. 50.
  • the general project expense voucher information can include the project expense
  • voucher identifier the associated purchase requisition identifier, an indication of whether all time
  • Table 89 below illustrates sample detailed project expense voucher information, which can be stored in the database in table "tblVoucherProjectExpenseDetaUs" 1065, as shown in FIG. 50.
  • detailed project expense voucher information can include the date the expense was incurred, a description ofthe project expense, the amount ofthe project expense and other detailed project expense voucher information.
  • Table “tblVoucherProjectExpenseDetaUs” 1065 is shown tied to table “tblVoucherProjectExpense” 1064 to associate the detailed project expense voucher information with the general project expense voucher information.
  • table “tblVoucherProjectExpenseDetaUs” 1065 is tied to table “tblPurchaseReqPayProjectExpense”
  • Table 90 below illustrates sample general material voucher information, which can be stored in the database in table "tblVoucherMaterials" 1066, as shown in FIG. 50.
  • table "tblVoucherMaterials" 1066 as shown in FIG. 50.
  • the general material voucher information can include the material voucher identifier, the
  • Table "tblVoucherMaterials" 1066 is shown tied to table “tblPurchaseReq” 1000, which is discussed above in connection with FIG. 41, to
  • Table 91 below illustrates sample detailed material voucher information, which can be stored in the database in table "tblVoucherMaterialsDetails" 1067, as shown in FIG. 50.
  • such detailed material voucher information can include the date the material expense was
  • table “tblVoucherMaterialsDetails” 1067 is tied to table “tblPurchaseReqPayMaterials" 1010 to associated the requisition material payment information with the material voucher information.
  • Table 92 below illustrates sample general deliverables voucher information, which can be stored in the database in table "tblVoucherDeliverables" 1068, as shown in FIG. 50.
  • the general deliverables voucher information can include the deliverables voucher identifier, the associated purchase requisition identifier, an indication of whether all time cards associated with the deliverable (if any) have been approved, the vendor identifier, the week ending date associated with the voucher information, the creation date, the review date and an indication of whether or not the voucher information has been approved.
  • Table “tblVoucherDeliverables” 1068 is shown tied to table “tblPurchaseReq" 1000, which is discussed above in connection with FIG. 41, to associate the voucher information with the purchase requisition. It should be understood that a separate record in the format of Table 92 is stored in table "tblVoucherDeliverables" 1068 for

Abstract

A comprehensive, web-enabled computer system and method is provided for producing analytical data related a project bid management system. Transactional data related to the bid and project are entered into the computer system through an on-line bid, project requisition and payment process. Using the transactional data stored within the system, virtually any type of analytical data related to single or multiple projects performed by one or more vendors for one or more buyers can be generated.

Description

SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROJECT BID AND REQUISITION PROCESS
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This U S Nonprovisional Application for Patent is a Continuation-in-Part of U S Nonprovisional Application for Patent Serial No 10/262,487 (Attorney Docket No 57084- 00532USPT), filed on September 30, 2002, which claimed the benefit ofthe filing date of U S Provisional Application for Patent Serial No 60/371,488 (Attorney Docket No 57084-
00532USPL), filed on April 10, 2002 This U S Nonprovisional Application for Patent further
claims the benefit ofthe filing date of U S Provisional Application for Patent Serial No
60/371,488 (Attorney Docket No 57084-00532USPL) U S Provisional Application for Patent
Serial No 60/371,488 and U S Nonprovisional Application for Patent Serial No 10/262,487 are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety herein
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Technical Field ofthe Invention
The present invention relates to a computer system and method for electronically facilitating all aspects of projects, including the project bid process, requisition process, spend
process and performance management process, and specifically to electronically managing and
I)ΛI I ΛS2 9719 6vl 57O8 -00532 _ j _ analyzing all aspects ofthe projects.
Description of Related Art
Corporations, businesses and other types of enterprises regularly utilize third party providers (vendors) to handle various business functions, such as providing a good or service. Typically, these outsourced business functions are performed under a "project," "staff supplementation" or "consulting" (hereinafter collectively referred to as "project work") agreement between the buyer and the vendor. The various tasks involved in project work, such as vendor engagement, project administration, resource management and project accounting, can be extremely complex, entailing the convergence of numerous buyer organizational departments, such as purchasing, finance, operations, legal, human resources, security and the project management organization.
Due to the complexity of project work, it has become standard in today's business environment to employ multiple systems and processes to facilitate the management of project work. For example, typically, separate systems and processes are used for one or more aspects of project work, such as vendor qualification, bid solicitation, bid response, bid evaluation, contract administration, milestone/deliverable administration, payment vouchering and quality control. Currently, there exists on-line "bid" and "auction" systems for handling the bid solicitation and bid response processes, project management tracking systems for providing the milestone/deliverable administration process and financial processing systems for administering the payment vouchering process. However, there does not exist a single system for managing all aspects of project work.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
To overcome the deficiencies ofthe prior art, embodiments ofthe present invention provide a comprehensive, web-enabled computer system and method for facilitating and managing all aspects of project work in a project bid management system. In embodiments ofthe present invention, the computer system and method is capable of producing analytical data related the project bid management system. Transactional data related to the bid and project are entered into the computer system through an on-line bid and project requisition process. Using the transactional data stored within the system, virtually any type of analytical data related to single or multiple projects performed by one or more vendors for one or more buyers can be generated.
In one embodiment, the analytical data can include aggregate transactional data associated with multiple projects, multiple vendors and/or multiple buyers. In other embodiments, the analytical data can include statistical data computed as a function ofthe transactional data. If the analytical data is generated from transactional data related to multiple buyers, the transactional data is stored in a central database that is configured to receive at least a portion of individual transactional data stored within database systems of buyers, vendors or administrators.
In exemplary embodiments, the transactional data includes at least bid data that is entered into data fields of a bid during the on-line bid process. The transactional data can further include project tracking parameters identifying one or more contractual terms of a project associated with the bid and project performance data related to the performance ofthe project by the vendor. The project tracking parameters can further include taxation information identifying taxable components ofthe project and taxation amounts associated with each ofthe taxable components. In other embodiments, the transactional data can further include voucher information entered into data fields associated with the bid and the project by the buyer and the vendor during the performance ofthe project.
In further exemplary embodiments, the analytical data can be generated from the transactional data based on the type of request and information included as part ofthe request. For example, the request can include one or more filters related to vendor profile properties, buyer profile properties, project profile properties and/or commodity profile properties. The transactional data can be filtered using the included filters, and the filtered transactional data can be used to generate the analytical data. The analytical data can be presented to an authorized user in a project reporting view on a web page.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
The disclosed invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings, which show important sample embodiments ofthe invention and which are incorporated in the specification hereof by reference, wherein: FIG. 1 is a high-level functional view ofthe project work bid process involved in the present invention;
FIG. 2 A is a network diagram ofthe computer system ofthe present invention; FIG. 2B is an alternate network diagram ofthe computer system ofthe present invention implemented at the buyer network; FIGs. 3A and 3B illustrate the physical network architecture ofthe computer system of the present invention;
FIGs. 4A-4D are exemplary home web pages associated with each ofthe user modules shown in FIGs. 2A and 2B;
FIG. 5 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for engaging in a project work bid process, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIG. 6 illustrates the electronic facilitation of a vendor qualification process for defining the type of project work a vendor provides and/or a buyer requires and qualifying vendors for buyers, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIG. 7 is a flow chart illustrating exemplary steps for qualifying a vendor for a buyer, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention; FIG. 8 illustrates sample information processing involved in responding to a bid request and various user roles responsible for the information processing;
FIG. 9 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for defining and assigning the various resources involved in the project work process, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIG. 10 is a database table view illustrating the definition and assignment of user roles, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIG. 11 is an exemplary screen shot ofthe assignment of resources to user roles;
FIG. 12 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for defining and assigning user roles during a bid or project transaction, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIGs. 13 A and 13B are flowcharts illustrating exemplary steps for managing workflow pertaining to a bid or project transaction based on user roles, in accordance with embodiments of the present invention;
FIG. 14 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for modifying user role assignments, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIG. 15 a data flow diagram illustrating a bid template creation tool and bid request creation tool for generating a bid request for a particular project, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIGs. 16A-16D are flowcharts illustrating exemplary steps for creating a bid template, a bid request from the bid template and a bid response from the bid request; FIG. 17 is a database table view illustrating a hierarchical bid item list from which bid templates can be created
FIG. 18 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for accessing the hierarchical bid item list to create a bid template; FIG. 19 is a screen shot illustrating the creation of a bid template;
FIG. 20 is a flow chart illustrating exemplary steps for generating a bid request utilizing a bid template, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIGs. 21-22 are screen shots illustrating various types of bid items associated with the particular bid template that can be selected from to include in a bid ofthe bid template type; FIG. 23 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for administering the communication of a bid request to qualified vendors;
FIG. 24 is a screen shot illustrating the selection of qualified vendors to receive the bid request;
FIG. 25 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps in a vendor bid response process, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIGs. 26-28 are screen shots illustrating the vendor bid response process;
FIG. 29 is a database table view illustrating the interrelation between the bid request and vendor bid response data, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIG. 30 is a screen shot illustrating the various bid processing features provided to a buyer; FIG. 31 is a data flow diagram illustrating the electronic facilitation of vendor bid response grading, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIGs. 32 and 33 are flowcharts illustrating exemplary steps for grading vendor bid responses, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention; FIGs. 34A-34E are screen shots illustrating a sample bid response grading process;
FIG. 35 is a database table views illustrating the interrelation between the bid request, vendor bid responses and grading of vendor bid responses, in accordance with embodiments of the present invention;
FIG. 36 is a flowchart illustrating a vendor re-quotation process based upon the vendor bid response grading, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIG. 37 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps in a project administration setup process, in which the project is awarded to a vendor and the terms and conditions ofthe project are finalized and entered into the computer system to track milestones and deliverables, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention; FIG. 38 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for approval of assigned resources to a project, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIG. 39A is a screen shot illustrating exemplary buyer project administration features;
FIG. 39B is a screen shot illustrating exemplary vendor project administration features;
FIG. 40 A is a screen shot illustrating an interface for entering exemplary project taxation information; FIG. 40B is a screen shot illustrating exemplary requisition information including entered project taxation information;
FIG. 40C is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for entering and processing project taxation information; FIG. 41 is a database table view illustrating various project administration components handled by the computer system ofthe present invention;
FIG. 42 is a screen shot illustrating the types of liability issues that can be managed by the computer system ofthe present invention;
FIG. 43 is a flowchart illustrating exemplary steps for entering contractor time for a project, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIGs. 44-46 are screen shots illustrating a sample time keeping process;
FIG. 47 is a database table view illustrating the tracking of project deliverables and vouchering, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIG. 48 illustrates the electronic facilitation of a payment vouchering process for submitting and approving payment vouchers and creating a payment voucher, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIG. 49 is a flowchart illustrating a voucher payment process, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIG. 50 is a database table view illustrating the generation of payable vouchers, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention; FIG. 51 is a screen shot illustrating project financial data;
FIG. 52 is a flow diagram illustrating the information exchange between the buyer, vendor and system to facilitate analysis ofthe information;
FIG. 53 illustrates exemplary functionality for entering project performance data related to
the performance of projects into the system, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIGs. 54-56 are flow charts illustrating exemplary steps for entering project performance
data;
FIG. 57 is a database table view illustrating the storage of project performance data, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIG. 58 illustrates exemplary transactional data related to the bid/project process stored
within the database system ofthe present invention;
FIG. 59 illustrates an exemplary transfer ofthe transactional data from multiple buyer
databases to a central database; FIG. 60 illustrates the electronic facilitation of analysis and reporting of transactional data, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIGs. 61-67 are flow charts illustrating exemplary steps for analyzing the transactional
data and providing analytical data, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIG. 68 illustrates the electronic facilitation of a filtering process for filtering the
transactional data to provide analytical data related to the filtered transactional data, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention;
FIG. 69 is a flow chart illustrating exemplary steps for filtering the transactional data and
generating analytical data from the filtered transactional data, in accordance with embodiments of the present invention;
FIG. 70 is a screen shot illustrating exemplary project reporting types for generating and
displaying the analytical data; and
FIGs. 71-88 are screen shots illustrating exemplary project reporting views, each
containing analytical data.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EXEMPLARY EMBODIMENTS
The numerous innovative teachings ofthe present application will be described with particular reference to exemplary embodiments. However, it should be understood that these embodiments provide only a few examples ofthe many advantageous uses ofthe innovative teachings herein. In general, statements made in the specification ofthe present application do not necessarily delimit any ofthe various claimed inventions. Moreover, some statements may apply to some inventive features, but not to others.
In accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention, a vendor is any provider of goods and/or services, a buyer is any purchaser of goods and/or services, a contractor is a resource employed by a vendor for project work and an administrator is a third-party system administrator or buyer-employed project administrator. Buyers can solicit bids from vendors for a particular good and/or service (hereinafter referred to as a project) in a form specified by the buyer using a bid request generated from a pre-established list of bid items related to the project type. Therefore, the bid responses submitted from vendors all have the same form, enabling efficient and effective evaluation ofthe bid responses. Embodiments ofthe present invention further combine the bid process with project management to enable the buyer, vendor, contractor and administrator to track the performance ofthe project after the bid is awarded.
FIG. 1 is a high-level functional view ofthe bid process involved in the present invention. Bid request data 210 associated with a particular bid request 200 is provided from a buyer 50 to a project bid management system 30. The buyer 50 can be an individual, business entity or any other type of buyer 50 that requires performance of a project. The bid request data 210 received
at the project bid management system 30 is in a form pre-designated by the buyer 50. For
example, the form can include one or more bid items selected from a configurable pre-established
list of bid items for the particular project type, and the bid request data 210 can be related to one
or more of these selected bid items.
The bid request data 210 is formatted by the project bid management system 30 and
transmitted as a bid request 200 to one or more vendors 10a ... 1 On for solicitation of respective
bid responses 220. For example, the vendor 10 can be an individual 10a, business entity 10b or any other vendor lOn that is capable of performing the requested project. Bid responses 220 are submitted from the vendors 10 to the project bid management system 30 for review prior to
forwarding qualified bid responses 220ι to the buyer 50. For example, the project bid
management system 30 may be pre-configured to force vendor completion of required bid
response items in a specific data format to enable the system 30 to perform some filtering of
vendor bid responses 220. In this way, the system 30 can ensure that the buyer 50 only receives
the bid responses 220 that have the necessary data for bid evaluation.
In accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention, the project bid management
system 30 can be implemented within a computer system 100, as is shown in FIG. 2 A. A user 5
enters the computer system 100 through a data network 40 via a web browser 20. A user 5
includes any person associated with a vendor 10, buyer 50, administrator 80 (e.g., a third-party or buyer-employed administrator) or contractor 15 assigned to a project. By way of example, but not limitation, the data network 40 can be the Internet or an Intranet and the web browser 20 can be any available web browser or any type of Internet Service Provider (ISP) connection that provides access to the data network 40. Vendor users 5 access the computer system through a vendor browser 20b, buyer users 5 access the computer system via a buyer browser 20a, contractor users 5 access the computer system via a contractor browser 20c and administrative users 5 access the computer system through an administrative browser 20d. The users 5 access the computer system 100 through a web server 120 or 125 capable of pushing web pages to the vendor browser 20a, buyer browser 20b, contractor browser 20c and administrative browser 20d, respectively. A bid web server 120 enables vendors 10, buyers 50, contractors 15 and administrators 80 to interface to a database system 150 maintaining data related to the vendors 10, buyers 50, contractors 15 and administrators 80. The data related to each ofthe vendors 10, buyers 50, contractors 15 and administrators 80 can be stored in a single database 155, in multiple shared databases 155 or in separate databases 155 within the database server 150 for security and convenience purposes, the latter being illustrated. For example, the database system 150 can be distributed throughout one or more locations, depending on the location and preference ofthe buyers 50, vendors 10, administrators 80 and contractors 15.
The user interface to the vendor users 5 is provided by the bid web server 120 through a vendor module 115. For example, the vendor module 115 can populate web pages pushed to the vendor browser 20b using the data stored in the particular vendor database 155b. The user interface to the buyer users 5 is provided by the bid web server 120 through a buyer module 110.
For example, the buyer module 110 can populate web pages pushed to the buyer browser 20a
using the data stored in the particular buyer database 155a. The user interface to the contractor
users 5 is provided by the web server 120 through a contractor module 130. For example, the
contractor module 130 can populate web pages pushed to the contractor browser 20c using the
data stored in the contractor database 155c. The user interface to the administrative users 5 is
provided by the bid web server 120 through an administrative module 135. For example, the
administrative module 135 can populate web pages pushed to the administrative browser 20d using the data stored in the administrator database 155d. It should be noted that the vendor module 115, buyer module 110, contractor module 130 and administrative module 135 can each
include any hardware, software and/or firmware required to perform the functions ofthe vendor
module 115, buyer module 110, contractor module 130 and administrative module 135, and can
be implemented as part ofthe bid web server 120, or within an additional server (not shown). The computer system 100 further provides an additional user interface to administrative
users 5 through an administrative web server 125. The administrative web server 125 enables
administrators 80 to interface to a top-level database 160 maintaining data related to the vendors
10, buyers 50 and contractors 15 registered with the computer system 100. For example, the top- level database 160 can maintain vendor qualification data 162, buyer-defined vendor criteria data
164 and contractor re-deployment data 166.
To access information related to vendors 10, the administrative web server 125 uses a vendor module 145 to push web pages to the administrative browser 20d related to vendors 10. For example, the vendor module 145 can access vendor qualification information 162 to qualify vendors 10 for a particular buyer 50 or for a particular industry. Likewise, the administrative web server 125 can push web pages to the administrative browser 20d related to the buyer-defined vendor criteria information 164 through a buyer module 140 in order to qualify vendors 10 for a particular buyer 50. A contractor module 148 enables administrators 80 to access contractor redeployment data 166 entered by contractors 15 through the bid server 120 and retrieved into the top-level database 160 from a contractor database 155. The re-deployment data 166 can include, for example, an indication ofthe mobility ofthe contractor, desired geographical areas, contractor skills, desired pay and other contractor information that can be used to assist administrators 80 in qualifying vendors 10 for buyers 50.
In another embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2B, the computer system 100 can be implemented solely at the buyer network. In FIG. 2B, vendor users 5 enter the computer system 100 via a data network 40 through a vendor browser 20b, as in FIG. 2 A. However, the web server 120 in FIG. 2B is a buyer web server controlled and operated by a single buyer. The database system 150 stores only the buyer data related to that particular buyer and only the vendor, contractor and administrator data pertinent to that particular buyer. For example, the vendor qualification data for only those vendors that are qualified by the buyer is stored in the database system 150. Referring now to FIG. 3 A, exemplary physical network equipment for implementing the computer system 100 is shown. A vendor user, a buyer user, contractor user or an administrative
user accesses the web server 120 ofthe computer system 100 by connecting a computer 60a, 60b,
60c or 60d, respectively, to a data network 40. Each computer 60a-60d can be, for example, a
personal computer, a laptop computer, a computer connected to a wireless device for remote
access to the data network, a handheld wireless device providing a web browser capable of accessing the data network or other type of machine implementing a web browser. The web
server 120 can be, for example, a Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) server. The web server 120 connects to an appropriate database system 150, depending on the type of user. The
database system 150 can be implemented in, for example, one or more SQL servers.
Turning now to FIG. 3B, exemplary functionality implemented in the physical network
equipment ofthe computer system 100 is shown. A user computer 60 can access the data network 40 using a web browser 66 resident within a storage medium 64 ofthe computer. For
example, the storage medium can be a disk drive, random access memory (RAM), read-only
memory (ROM), compact disk, floppy disk, tape drive or any other type of storage medium. A processor 62 (e.g., a microprocessor or microcontroller) within the computer 60 loads and runs
the web browser 66 to access the data network 40.
Upon entering the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) ofthe web server 120 into a
computer, a connection between the computer 60 and the web server 120 is created. The web
server 120 pushes web pages 61 to the computer 60 for viewing by the user on a user interface device 65. In one embodiment, the user interface device 65 is a computer screen 15 connected to the computer 60. For example, once a user has been validated (e.g., by entering a user name and password), the user can view one or more web pages 61 on the computer screen 65, each containing prompts for the user to enter various information into the computer system 100. The user can enter the information into the computer 60 for transmission via the data network 40 to the web server 120 via an I/O interface 68 and any type of input device 70, such as, for example, a mouse, keyboard, light pen, touch screen (not shown) or voice recognition software (not shown). At the web server 120, a processor (e.g., a microprocessor or microcontroller) loads and executes computer instructions resident in software modules 128 stored within a storage medium 124, which can be any type of storage medium, as discussed above in connection with storage medium 64. The computer instructions can be created using any type of programming technique, including object-oriented programming techniques. For example, the software modules 128 may contain the computer instructions for the vendor modules, buyer modules, contractor modules and administrative modules (shown in FIGs. 2 A and 2B) for populating web pages 61 for vendor users, buyer users, contractor users and administrative users, respectively. Based on the computer user log-in to the web server 120, the processor 122 accesses the appropriate software module 128 to determine the database system 150 associated with the computer user and retrieves the data related to the computer user for population in web pages 61 for display on the computer screen 65 ofthe computer 60. In addition, the software modules 128 may further be configured to store data received from the computer user within the database system 150. Examples of web pages 61 displayed to buyer users, vendor users, contractor users and administrative users are shown in FIGs. 4A-4D, respectively. FIG. 4A illustrates a sample buyer home page 61a displayed to a buyer user upon log-in and authentication (e.g., a challenge and response authentication) ofthe buyer user. As can be seen in FIG. 4 A, there are a number of system features available to the buyer user at the buyer home page 61a. For example, the buyer user can be provided links to update their personal profile in the system, create an RFP/RFQ (referred to herein as a bid request), administer current bid requests, approve a vendor bid response to award the bid (project) to a particular vendor, process a current project, view historical bid requests or access a voucher processing system to view various project related event tracking requests, such as contractor time cards. The buyer user can further remain updated as to system modifications, receive instructions on how to maneuver through the system and contact a system administrator (e.g., a third-party administrator or buyer-employed administrator) for assistance through the buyer home page 61a.
In FIG. 4 A, the buyer user is further provided with the current status of pending bids and projects at the home page 61a. However, it should be understood that the current activities can be displayed in subsequent web pages, instead of at the home page 61a. For example, the buyer user can be provided with the number of open bid requests (submitted bid requests) and the number of temporarily saved bid requests (created but not yet submitted bid requests). By clicking on the open bid request button, the buyer user can be linked to another web page displaying a list ofthe open bid requests with subsequent links to web pages that contain the actual open bid requests. Therefore, from the buyer home page 61a, the buyer user can link to any information pertaining to bids or projects that the buyer user has access to.
FIG. 4B illustrates a sample vendor home page 61b containing a number of system features available to the vendor user. For example, the vendor home page 61b can provide links to update the vendor profile (e.g., the types of goods and/or services the vendor provides), respond to received bid requests, process current projects or access a voucher processing system to view existing project event completion requests or process new project event completion requests. In FIG. 4B, the vendor user is also provided with the current status of pending bids and projects. For example, the vendor user can determine the number of bid requests that the vendor needs to respond to and the number of temporarily saved bid responses that the vendor has not yet completed. From the vendor home page 61b, the vendor user can link to additional web pages to complete vendor bid responses or access a newly received bid request to begin the vendor bid response.
FIG. 4C illustrates a sample contractor home page 61c containing a number of system features available to the contractor. For example, the first time a contractor user enters the contractor home page 61c, the contractor user may be directed to agree to various non-employee worker agreements before accessing any other information in the system. Each ofthe non- employee worker agreements can be displayed to the contractor user, and the contractor user can be prompted to agree to or otherwise accept the terms ofthe agreements before continuing. Once the contractor user has completed all ofthe agreements, the contractor user can access the time keeping system to enter contractor time, update their skills profile or provide re-deployment preferences. In addition, current activities associated with the contractor user may also be
displayed to the contractor user at the contractor home page 61c, such as the number of
interviews requested or interviews scheduled for additional projects.
FIG. 4D illustrates a sample administrator home page 61d containing a number of features
available to an administrative user. For example, the administrative user can access information
on buyers, vendors or contractors, link to web pages containing bid requests that need to be
approved, approve a bid response to award the bid to a particular vendor, process a current
project or access a voucher processing system to view existing vendor/contractor requests for
project activity approval, such as contractor time cards. In addition, the current activities ofthe
administrative user can also be displayed on the administrator home page 6 Id. For example, the
number of bid requests awaiting approval, the number of new bid requests and the number of new
vendor responses can be displayed to the administrative user. From the administrator home page
6 Id, the administrative user can link to any information pertaining to the bid process or project management that the administrative user has access to. For example, if the administrative user is a
third-party administrator, the administrative user may have access to the bids and projects of all
buyers and vendors registered with the system. However, if the administrative user is a buyer-
employed administrator, the administrative user may only have access to bids and projects associated with the particular buyer.
Exemplary steps in the bid/project process 500 handled by the project bid management
system ofthe present invention are shown in FIG. 5. There are several aspects ofthe bid/project process that are handled prior to any bid requests being submitted (step 505). For example, a buyer may want to create a list of qualified vendors for particular bid requests types to reduce processing time during bid solicitation, as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIGs. 6 and 7. As another example, buyers, vendors and administrators may want to designate particular personnel to handle different components ofthe bid/project process for efficient routing of messages and information during the bid/project process, as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIGs. 8-14.
Once all ofthe pre-bid activity is completed (step 510), a buyer can create a bid request for a project (step 520), as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIGs. 15-29, and submit the bid request to an administrator for approval (step 525), if necessary, as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIG. 20. Most companies require approval of bid requests for budgetary purposes. However, if the buyer is an individual or small business, the buyer user creating the bid request may not need approval from any other party to submit the bid request. Once the bid request has been approved, the bid request is broadcast (e.g., made available to vendors via the system with optional notification via electronic mail) to qualified vendors (step 530), as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIG. 23, to solicit a bid response from the vendors (step 535). Each ofthe bid responses is evaluated by the buyer, as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIGs. 32 and 33, to determine which vendor bid response is the most qualified (step 540). After the buyer selects a particular vendor for the project, the buyer and vendor negotiate the final terms and conditions ofthe contract (step 545) and these terms and conditions can be loaded into the system for project tracking purposes (step 550), as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIG. 37. Thereafter, the vendor selects the specific resources (contractors) for the project, and if the terms ofthe project require buyer approval of resources, the buyer approves all ofthe assigned resources before the project ensues (step 555), as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIG. 38.
Once all ofthe bid activity is completed (step 515), the system is further capable of handling post-bid activity (step 560) to track the performance ofthe project and payment of vouchers during the course ofthe project. For example, the vendor and contractors assigned to the project can enter time worked and expenses into the system (step 565) for the generation of payable vouchers to be submitted to the buyer through the system, as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIG. 43. Upon receipt ofthe vouchers, the buyer and/or administrator can review and approve the vouchers for payment to the vendor (steps 570 and 575), as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIG. 49. Other project tracking parameters can also be entered into the system to track the performance ofthe vendor through project closure (step 580), as will be described in more detail below in connection with FIGs. 39 and 40. Each ofthe main components ofthe bid/project process (pre-bid activity, bid activity and post-bid activity) will now be discussed separately hereinbelow. Additionally, analysis and reporting ofthe data collected during the bid/project process will be discussed separately
hereinbelow. PRE-BID ACTIVITY
As discussed above, a buyer 50 may want to pre-qualify vendors 10 for particular project types to reduce the amount of processing required for each bid request submitted. Referring now to FIG. 6, to facilitate vendor qualification for buyers, the computer system 100 can enable buyers 50 to establish buyer-defined vendor criteria data 164 for vendors and store the buyer-defined vendor criteria data 164 within the top-level database 160 in a master buyer list 161. The computer system 100 can further acquire pertinent vendor qualification data 162 from vendors 10 and store the vendor qualification data 162 in the top-level database 160 in a master vendor list 163.
For example, the vendor qualification data 162 can identify the specific goods and/or services that the vendor 10 provides and the specific geographical areas that the vendor 10 is capable of supplying these goods and/or services, along with other vendor information, such as the size ofthe vendor, whether the vendor has insurance, whether the vendor is certified in certain industries, etc. The buyer-defined vendor criteria data 164 can identify the specific goods and/or services that the buyer 50 desires, the specific geographical areas that the buyer 50 wants the goods and/or services and other buyer constraints, such as the preferred size ofthe vendor, requisite vendor insurance needs, requisite vendor certifications, etc.
Based on the vendor qualification data 162 and buyer-defined vendor criteria data 164, the computer system 100 can determine which vendors 10 have the requisite qualifications for buyers 50 and provide qualified vendor information 170 (e.g., name, address, and any other vendor information that the buyer needs) to the buyer 50 for review. If the buyer 50 or optionally the administrator 80 approves ofthe vendor 10, the buyer 50 can add the vendor information 170 to a vendor list 158, which is stored in the buyer database 155a. In addition, vendor information 172 for those vendors 10 that the buyer 50 previously qualified can also be stored in the vendor list 158. Furthermore, a master copy ofthe vendor list 158 (i.e., Master Vendor List for Buyers 165) can be stored in the top-level database 160 for redundancy and updating purposes.
Buyer information 174 (e.g., name, address and other information that the buyer agrees to provide) can also be downloaded to the vendor database 155b for storage in a buyer list 159 therein. In addition, a master copy ofthe buyer list 159 (i.e., Master Buyer List for Vendors 167) can be stored in the top-level database 160 for redundancy and updating purposes. However, it should be understood that if the computer system 100 is implemented solely at the buyer network, the top-level database 160 would not store master copies 165 and 167, and the buyer 50 would perform vendor qualification using only the vendor information 172 known to the buyer 50 or provided directly to the buyer 50 by the vendor 10. For a complete discussion of qualifying vendors 10 for buyers 50 based on vendor qualification data 162 and buyer-defined vendor criteria data 164, reference is made to co-pending and commonly-assigned U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 10/141,801, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety herein. Exemplary steps for qualifying vendors for buyers are shown in FIG. 7. Once the buyer- defined vendor criteria information is established (step 700) and vendor qualification information from a vendor is received (step 710), the buyer-defined vendor criteria information is compared to the vendor qualification information (step 720) to determine whether the vendor qualification information matches the buyer-defined vendor criteria information (step 730). If so, the vendor and buyer are notified ofthe match (step 740), and if the buyer approves ofthe vendor, the vendor information associated with the vendor is stored in the buyer's vendor list for later use in preparing bid requests (step 750). In addition, the buyer information can be stored in the vendor's buyer list for reference when receiving bid requests and preparing bid responses (step 760).
However, if the vendor qualification information does not match the buyer-defined vendor criteria information (step 730), the system determines whether additional vendor qualification information is needed to qualify the vendor for the buyer (step 770). If so, the vendor is requested to provide this additional vendor qualification information (step 780) to qualify the vendor for the buyer (step 710). If not, the vendor is not qualified for the buyer (step 790), and the vendor is not added to the buyer list. In addition to qualifying vendors for buyers, vendors, buyers and administrators may want to designate certain personnel to handle various aspects ofthe bid/project process to synchronize communications, data and transaction processing across multiple user platforms. For example, referring now to FIG. 8, the bid/project process typically requires the inclusion of a broad spectrum of information processing and functional departments to facilitate the administration and management ofthe bid/project process. Such information processing can include, for example, bid request broadcasting, vendor bid responses, bid disposition (evaluation and award), resource submittal, time card submission, deliverables tracking and payment vouchering. Each of these information processing components may be handled by one or more different individuals or departments, such as the COO, Human Resources department, Project User and Financial Processor. To meet this functional need, the computer system ofthe present invention can enable a shared work environment, where the buyer, vendor and/or administrator can specify multiple custom user roles that need to participate in the bid/project process and designate personnel (resources) to each ofthe user roles for all bid/projects or for particular bid/projects.
Referring now to FIG. 9, there is illustrated exemplary steps for specifying user role positions and assigning personnel to the user role positions for a vendor, buyer or administrator. Initially, the vendor, buyer or administrator determine the specific user role positions that are needed for the bid/project process (step 900). For example, as shown in the sample buyer web page of FIG. 11, the buyer may determine that there is a need for several different user role categories, such as financial approvers, non-financial approvers, time card reviewers, administrate delegates, project milestone administrators, financial coordinators and human resource partners during the project/bid process. The vendor, buyer or administrator may further determine that multiple user role positions within one or more ofthe user role categories are needed for the bid/project process. For example, as shown in FIG. 11, the buyer may determine that there is a need for six financial approvers and two non-financial approvers. Referring again to FIG. 9, once the user role positions are determined, a data file for the pertinent personnel ofthe vendor, buyer or administrator is stored for use in selecting appropriate personnel for each ofthe user role positions (step 905). One or more key personnel ofthe vendor, buyer or admimstrator (e.g., the COO, Project User, etc.) can be selected to designate the particular personnel to be assigned to each ofthe user role positions (step 910), or alternatively, the system can assign personnel to user role positions based on the information contained in the personnel data file. In some companies, user role positions are pre-designated (step 915), and in this case, the pre-designated personnel can be loaded into the system (step 920) and stored in a user role table (step 925). For example, for most vendors, personnel is pre-assigned to various user role positions for all projects. In other companies, one or more ofthe user role positions may not be pre-designated at all or not pre-designated for a particular project (step 915), and in this case, the selected key personnel or the system can assign specific personnel to the user role positions.
To assign specific personnel to user role positions, the specific user role position is selected (step 930), and a list of personnel that can be assigned to that user role position, depending upon user role constraints, is determined from the personnel data file (steps 935, 940 and 945). For example, if a user role position requires a particular level user, only those personnel at the particular user level or higher are included on the list. From the list of personnel for the user role position, one ofthe personnel is selected for the particular user role position (step 950) and the selected personnel is stored in the user role table (step 925). For example, as shown in FIG. 11, upon selecting a particular user role position (e.g., clicking on a user role position), the system can search for qualified personnel for the user role position, and after a
selection has been made, the selected personnel for the user role position can be displayed.
Examples of data structures for selecting and assigning user role positions for a buyer are
shown in Tables 1-9 hereinbelow. The data structures are illustrated for simplicity as being
organized in a table format, with each table including all ofthe fields necessary for defining and
assigning user role positions for the buyer. The tables are related in a hierarchical and/or
relational manner, so that all ofthe necessary information for user role positions can be accurately
stored and accessed, as will be described hereinbelow in connection with the exemplary database
table structure 300 of FIG. 10. However, it should be understood that other buyer user role configurations can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific buyer user role
configurations listed in Tables 1-9 or FIG. 10.
Tables 1 and 2 below illustrate sample user role categories and user role positions within
each ofthe user role categories, respectively, which can be stored in the database in tables "tblHMPositionCategories" 305 and "tblHMPositions" 306, respectively, as shown in FIG. 10. In
Table 1, each user role category is assigned an identification number and a display order for
display on a web page. The user role category identification numbers are used within the user
role positions table (Table 2) to correlate the user role positions with the specific user role
categories. However, it should be understood that there could be numerous additional categories
and positions, depending on the needs ofthe buyer. When initially selecting the user role positions, the user role categories can be displayed for the user to select from, with links to the specific user role positions within each ofthe categories. After all user role positions have been selected for the particular buyer, the selected user role positions and assigned personnel can be displayed as in FIG. 11.
TABLE 1 Exemplary User Role Categories (tblHMPositionCategories)
Figure imgf000031_0001
TABLE 2
Exemplary User Role Positions (tblHMPositions)
Figure imgf000032_0001
Table 3 below illustrates sample data stored within the personnel date file for each user of
the system, which can be stored in the database in table "tblUser" 302, as shown in FIG. 10.
From this user data, the qualified personnel for each user role position can be determined, and the requisite information for each assigned user for each user role position can be ascertained. One of
the fields within Table 3 is the business grade assigned to the particular user. The business grade indicates the particular level ofthe user in the business system. For example, the user may be a level 3 user, and this information would be stored in the user table. The available business grades can be mapped to the user role positions, as shown in Tables 4 and 5 below to indicate the business grade required for the user assigned to each user role position which can be stored in the database in tables "tblHMBusinessGrades" 303 and "tblHMPositiontoGradeMap" 304, as shown in FIG. 10.
TABLE 3
Base System User Table (tblUser)
Figure imgf000034_0001
TABLE 4
Base Business Grade Table (tblHMBusinessGrades)
Figure imgf000035_0001
TABLE 5
User Role to Business Grade Mapping Table (tblHMPositiontoGradeMap)
Figure imgf000035_0002
Tables 6-9 below will be described in more detail hereinbelow in connection with FIG. 10.
TABLE 6
Position/Role to Bid Template Mapping Table (tblHMPositionsRFXMatrix)
Figure imgf000035_0003
TABLE 7
Default User Role Mapping Table (tblHMPositionsRelationships)
Figure imgf000036_0001
TABLE 8
User Role to Bid Request Mapping Table (tblBidHMPositions)
Figure imgf000036_0002
TABLE 9
User Position/Role to Approval Level and Hierarchy Mapping (tblApprovalLevel)
Figure imgf000036_0003
As can be seen in FIG. 10, there is a concise relationship between all the fields necessary
to enable configurable work sharing and specific workflow components for the buyer. The
database structure 300 is scalable and configurable, so that even when operating within a less
sophisticated database environment, the functionality still exists as long as user role positions are specified and a personnel data file is available. It should be understood that similar database table structures are available to the vendor and administrator, which will be discussed in more detail
hereinbelow.
The database table structure 300 for the buyer takes as input personnel data ("tblHRdata"
301) from the buyer and creates a personnel data file ("tblUser" 302) including the specific
personnel that may be involved in the shared work environment. The personnel data is shown as
table "tblHRdata" 301 for simplicity purposes. However, it should be understood that the
personnel data may be in any form, depending on the buyer database system. Periodic downloads from the table "tblHRdata" 301 to the table "tblUser" 302 can be performed to update the system
as to the current employees ofthe buyer to ensure that user role positions are properly assigned.
The various business grades designated by the buyer can also be stored in table
"tblHMBusinessGrades" 303 and mapped to table "tblUser" 302 for individual assignment of
business grades, as discussed above in connection with Tables 3 and 4. In addition, the business
grades can be mapped to the selected user roles in table "tblHMPositiontoGrade" 304, as
discussed above in connection with Tables 4 and 5.
The user role categories table ("tblHMPositionCategories" 305) and user role positions table ("tblHMPositions" 306), and their interrelation to the position grades and assigned personnel are also shown in FIG. 10. For example, table "tblHMPositionsRelationship" 307 includes the
user ID ofthe assigned personnel to each user role position. If user role positions are associated
with specific bid template types (as described in more detail hereinbelow in connection with FIG.
15), the user role positions for each bid template type can be stored in table
"tblHMPositionsRFXMatrix" 309. Furthermore, if user role positions are assigned specific to
each bid transaction, the user ID ofthe assigned personnel to each user role position for a specific
transaction can be stored in table "tblBidHMPositions" 308.
Exemplary steps for a buyer to assign personnel to user role positions during a transaction are shown in FIG. 12. Upon initiation of a transaction (step 1200) (e.g., creation of a bid template or bid request, broadcasting ofthe bid request, receipt of bid response, evaluation of bid
response, awarding of bid, payment of voucher, etc.), the system and/or key personnel determines
whether all ofthe required user role positions for the transaction have been defined (step 1205).
If not, the system and/or key personnel define the user role positions necessary for the transaction
(step 1210).
Once the user role positions have been ascertained, the system and/or key personnel determines whether specific personnel (also referred to herein as users) have been pre-designated
for the user role positions (step 1215) and whether any ofthe pre-designated users need to be
changed for the transaction (step 1220). If one or more user role positions do not have a pre-
designated user or if one or more pre-designated users should be changed, the system and/or key personnel designates the appropriate user for all user role positions (step 1225) and stores the identity ofthe designated users for the user role positions in the user role table (step 1230) (e.g., "tblBidHMPositions" in FIG. 10). If all users are pre-designated, the system stores the pre- designated personnel (step 1230), and if applicable, notifies the appropriate personnel ofthe transaction (step 1240).
Referring again to FIG. 10, in addition to assigning users to specific user role positions for a bid/project process, the database table structure 300 further provides the ability to designate transactions that require approving and specific approvers for a variety of reasons. Therefore, within a table "tblApprovalLevel" 310, certain user role positions can be classified as approval positions, and for each approval position, the routing order for approval can be specified. For example, a user role position approver (Approver A) can be designated to approve all transactions generated by another user role position (User B), so that the system automatically routes all transactions from User B to Approver A.
In addition, each user can be provided access rights to view and modify data within the system. For example, one user role position may have the authority to modify or enter data in the system through a first web page, while another user role position may only have the authority to view the data through a second web page. Thus, although the information displayed on the web page may be the same to both users, the actual web pages are different, depending on the approval level ofthe user role position. When a user logs in to the system, the system determines the approval level ofthe user and pushes the appropriate web pages to the user. An example of a data structure implementing user role to web page access mapping is shown below in Table 10.
TABLE 10
User Role to Web Page Access Mapping Table
Figure imgf000040_0001
In order to maintain the relationship between user role positions, internal personnel and specific transactions in an ongoing manner, the system ofthe present invention is further designed
to account for shifts in organizational personnel and the business level and user authority of
personnel. Referring now to FIG. 14, there is illustrated exemplary steps for modifying user role
position assignments, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention. A user role position can be re-assigned based on the user name or the transaction type (step 1400). If the
modification is made based on the user name (step 1405), the change can be made globally to all
user role positions held by the user or to only specific user role positions held by the user. For
global changes (step 1410), a new user is selected (step 1415) and the new user is substituted for
the previous user for all user role positions held by the previous user (step 1420). This type of
global change is necessary, for example, when an employee leaves the company, and a new employee takes the exiting employee's position within the company.
For specific user role position changes (step 1410), all ofthe user role positions held by the user can be displayed (step 1425), and one ofthe user role positions can be selected for changes (step 1430). A new user is chosen for that selected user role position (step 1435) and the new user is substituted for the previous user for that selected user role position (step 1440). This process can be repeated for each user role position that requires a change (step 1445). Specific user role position changes may occur for a number of reasons, such as promotion, reorganization, employee status changes (e.g. full-time to part-time), etc.
If the modification is made based on the transaction type (step 1405), a listing of all transaction types (e.g., bid request creation, bid request broadcasting, bid request receipt, bid response generation, bid response receipt, bid evaluation, bid award, time keeping, vouchering payment, etc.) can be displayed (step 1450), and a particular transaction type is selected (step 1455). All ofthe user role positions associated with that particular transaction type can be displayed (step 1460) and the particular user role position to be modified is selected (step 1465). A new user is chosen for that selected user role position (step 1470), and the new user is substituted for the previous user for that selected user role position (step 1475). Transaction type modifications may be beneficial, for example, when the particular user for a user role position is unknown, but a change is required due to customer complaints.
The user role position modifications can be applied to existing transactions or only to new transactions (step 1480), depending on the reason for the modification and the need for continuity in existing transactions. If the modification is to be applied to existing transactions, the user role
table is updated with the new user and the previous user record is modified to "outdated" (step
1485). However, if the modification is only to be applied to new transactions, the user role table
is updated with the new user, but the previous user is not deleted, and the new user is marked for
new transactions only (step 1490).
For the vendor, user role positions are typically pre-designated to limit access to qualified
personnel. Examples of data structures implementing vendor user roles are shown in Tables 11-13
hereinbelow. As can be seen, the vendor personnel can be assigned a vendor contact type, which
can be mapped to access rights to view and modify data within the system, similar to that described above for the buyer in connection with Table 10. However, it should be understood
that other vendor user role configurations can be included, and the system is not limited to the
specific configurations listed in Tables 11-13.
TABLE 11
Exemplary Vendor Roles (tblVendorRoles)
Figure imgf000042_0001
TABLE 12
Exemplary Vendor Contacts (tblVendorContacts)
Figure imgf000043_0001
TABLE 13
Exemplary Vendor Roles Permissions (tblVendorRolePermissions)
Figure imgf000044_0001
For the administrator, user role positions can be defined to enable entire processing teams and team members to be specified in order to administer transactional activity associated with specific bid types and for specific locations. Referring now to FIGs. 13A-13B, exemplary steps for implementing an administrative processing team are shown. Initially, an administrative user table for the administrator is established containing administrative user master data (step 1300). From the user table, various users can be assigned to one or more user groups and the mapping of users to user groups can be stored in a user group mapping table (step 1305). The user groups can be associated with business units within a company or transaction types or both. For each of the user groups, the functional rights and responsibilities of each user within the user group can be defined in a user group rights table (step 1310). For example, each user can be assigned access rights (as discussed above in connection with FIG. 10) for the user group. Examples of data structures implementing user groups and user group rights for the administrator are shown in Tables 14-19 hereinbelow. However, it should be understood that other administrator user role configurations can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific administrator user role configurations listed in Tables 14-19.
TABLE 14
Exemplary Administrative User Table
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
TABLE 15
Exemplary Administrative User Group Table Values
Figure imgf000046_0002
TABLE 16
Exemplary Administrative User to User Group Mapping Table
Figure imgf000047_0001
TABLE 17
Exemplary Administrative User Group Rights Table
Figure imgf000047_0002
Once the user groups have been ascertained, as shown in FIG. 13B, processing teams can be created within the user groups to handle specific transaction types (step 1315). All ofthe users within a particular user group can be mapped to specific processing teams and assigned a routing order for the particular transaction type (step 1320). Exemplary data structures for creating and mapping users to processing teams are shown in Tables 18 and 19 hereinbelow.
TABLE 18
Exemplary Administrative Processing Teams Table
Figure imgf000048_0001
TABLE 19
Exemplary Administrative Processing Teams to User Mapping Table
Figure imgf000048_0002
In addition, processing teams can be mapped to specific geographic regions, so that different processing teams can handle the same type of transaction in different regions (step 1325). Therefore, when a particular type of transaction is conducted in a particular location, the system can manage the workflow to the appropriate users based on the transaction type and location (step 1330). For example, the appropriate users can be notified ofthe transaction via an e-mail and/or dashboard update.
Thus, the user role management supported by the system ofthe present invention provides a flexible, scalable and robust work-sharing environment for the entire bid/project process from bid creation to project completion. In addition, the system enables secure communications and transaction processing based upon user roles, which enables users to interface with the correct personnel at the right times while insuring that data view and access rights are limited to those users that have a functional need for the access.
BID ACTIVITY After the pre-bid activity is completed, a buyer can create and transmit a bid request to one or more vendors to solicit a bid response from the vendors for a particular project. To facilitate the bid process in the context of a complete bid/project process, bid templates can be used for specific project types to solicit the requisite information from vendors for the specific project type in a uniform and comprehensive manner to enable efficient and effective evaluation of bid responses. Exemplary functionality for creating a bid request utilizing a bid template is shown in FIG. 15. A bid template creation tool 180 and bid request creation tool 185 are illustrated in FIG. 15 for the creation of bid templates 240 and bid requests 200 from the bid templates 240, respectively, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention. The bid template creation tool 180 and bid request creation tool 185 can include any hardware, software and/or firmware required to perform the functions ofthe tools, and can be implemented within the web server 120 or an additional server (not shown). Each buyer can create one or more bid templates 240, depending on the nature of project work outsourced by the buyer. For example, if the buyer has a need for staff supplementation in only one department, the buyer may create only one bid template 240 to handle the staff supplementation bid requests 200.
To create a bid template 240, the bid template creation tool 180 accesses the buyer database 155a to retrieve bid items 230 within a bid item list 194 and provides the buyer with the bid item list 230 via the buyer module 110, web server 120, data network 40 and buyer browser 20a for the buyer to choose from. The bid items 230 are associated with specific types of information to be solicited from the buyer, vendor or both. From the list of bid items 230, the buyer selects and provides one or more bid item selections 235 for inclusion in a bid template 240. Depending on buyer configurations, one or more ofthe bid items 230 may be mandatory for the bid template 240, such as the name ofthe buyer, location ofthe work to be performed and type of project work requested. For one or more ofthe mandatory bid items 230, in addition to including the mandatory bid items 230 in the bid template 240, the specific information associated with each ofthe mandatory bid items 230 can also be included in fields associated with the mandatory bid items 230 within the bid template 240. For example, the buyer name and project work type can be stored in the bid template 240 for that project work type. Each bid template 240 created by the buyer is stored in the buyer database 155a within a bid template list 190 for later use in creating a bid request 200.
To create a bid request 200, the bid request creation tool 185 accesses the buyer database 155a to retrieve the bid templates 240 stored within the bid template list 190 and provides a list of bid templates 240 to the buyer via the buyer module 110, web server 120, data network 40 and buyer browser 20a for the buyer to choose from. Upon selecting an appropriate bid template 240, the buyer provides bid request data 210 to the bid request creation tool 185 for inclusion in a bid request 200 ofthe bid template 240 type. For example, the buyer can enter bid request data 210 into provided fields for each bid item selection 235 that requires information from the buyer within the bid template 240. By way of example, but not limitation, the bid request data 210 could include the location of work to be performed, the timing ofthe project and the specific vendor qualifications necessary for the project.
The bid request creation tool 185 further interfaces with the buyer database 155a to access the vendor list 158 for the buyer and determine the appropriate vendors to receive the bid request. The appropriate vendors can be selected based on the bid template 240 type and any other vendor qualifications included within the bid request 200 itself. Thus, the vendor list 158 can be separated into pre-qualified vendors for bid template 240 types to further reduce processing time when submitting bid requests 200. The bid request creation tool 185 further uses vendor contact information 250 associated with the selected vendors to broadcast (transmit) the bid request 200 to the appropriate vendors (as shown in FIGs. 1 and 2) via the vendor module 115, web server 120, data network 40 and vendor browser 20b, and stores the submitted bid request 200 in a bid request list 196 for the buyer.
Vendor bid responses 220 received from solicited vendors (as shown in FIGs. 1 and 2) can further be stored in the buyer database 155a in a bid response list 198 for later use in comparing and grading vendor bid responses 220. The vendor bid responses 220 are generated from the bid items included in the bid request 200. Specifically, the vendor populates data associated with the vendor and the bid response in data fields within enabled bid items in the bid request 200. Vendors access the bid request 200 via the vendor module 115 to view the bid request and complete the vendor response and submit completed bid responses 220 via the vendor module 115 for storage in the buyer database 155a via the buyer module 110 (step not shown). The bid response 220 can include data retrieved from a vendor database 115b (not shown) and can be stored in the vendor database 155b during and after the bid response creation.
Exemplary steps for creating a bid template, a bid request from the bid template and a bid response from the bid request from various system perspectives are shown in FIGs. 16A-16D. The main processing steps performed at the system for bid template creation are shown in FIG. 16 A. The system creates a bid template by providing a buyer user a list of predetermined bid items (step 1600). In response thereto, the system receives one or more bid item selections from the bid item list for inclusion within a bid template stored within the system (step 1610). To create a bid request from the bid template, the system communicates the bid item selections within the bid template to the buyer user for generation ofthe bid request using the bid item selections (step 1620). In FIG. 16B, at the buyer side, upon receipt ofthe bid item list, to create the bid template, the buyer user selects one or more bid items to be included in the bid template (step 1630). For subsequent generation of a bid request, the buyer user receives the bid template including the bid item selections (step 1635) and enters bid request data into fields associated with the bid item selections in the bid template to create the bid request (step 1640). After all applicable bid item selection fields have been completed by the buyer user, the bid request is transmitted to the system for broadcasting to qualified vendors (step 1645).
The main processing steps performed by the system for bid request generation and broadcasting are shown in FIG. 16C. After the creation of a bid template and the storage ofthe bid item selections for the bid template (step 1650), the system generates a bid request using bid request data entered by the buyer user for the bid request ofthe bid template type (step 1660).
Thereafter, the system transmits the generated bid request to qualified vendors for solicitation of a bid response ofthe bid template type (step 1670).
In FIG. 16D, at the vendor side, the vendor receives the bid request including the enabled bid item selections selected by the buyer (step 1680). To create a bid response, a vendor user enters bid response data into fields associated with the bid item selections included in the bid request (step 1685) to create the bid response. After all applicable bid item selection fields have been completed by the vendor user, the bid response is transmitted to the system for forwarding to the buyer (step 1690).
Examples of data structures used for creating the bid templates are shown in Tables 20-25 hereinbelow. The data structures are illustrated for simplicity as being organized in a table format,
with each table including all ofthe fields necessary for displaying bid items to the buyer user to
select from and storing bid item selections for bid templates. The tables are related in a
hierarchical and relational manner, as will be described hereinbelow in connection with FIG. 17.
However, it should be understood that other bid template configurations can be included, and the
system is not limited to the specific bid template configuration shown in Tables 20-25 and FIG. 17.
TABLE 20
Base Bid Items Section Table (tblRFXBidSections)
Figure imgf000054_0001
TABLE 21
Base Bid Items Category Table (tblRFXBidCategories)
Figure imgf000055_0001
TABLE 22
Base Bid Items Table (tblRFXBidltems)
Figure imgf000055_0002
TABLE 23
Base Bid Template Type Table (tbIRFXBidTemplates)
Figure imgf000056_0002
TABLE 24
Base Bid Template To Bid Items Mapping Table (tblFRXTemplateltemMatrix)
Column Name Data Type Length
RFX Item ID Int
RFX Template ID int
TABLE 25
Base Client Bid Item Default Values Table (tbIRFXBidltemsCDV)
Figure imgf000056_0001
Referring now to FIG. 17, a database table structure 400 illustrating the interrelation
between each ofthe above Tables 20-25 is shown. The bid items 230 are shown organized into
bid sections and bid categories for convenience and logical business information processing segmentation when creating the bid templates 240. Thus, the buyer user is presented with bid sections 250, from which the buyer user can select a bid category 255 to display the bid items 230 associated with that bid category 255. Breaking the bid items 230 down into bid categories 255 and bid sections 250 fosters a compartmentalized format that is easily understood by the buyer user, thereby enabling a more efficient and effective bid template creation process.
The table "tblRFXBidSections" 401, which has the form of Table 20 above, includes the bid section name and identification of each section 250 of bid items 230, along with an indication ofthe display order for each bid section 250 on a web page and any comments to be included with the bid section 250 on the web page. Each bid section 250 can be stored as a separate record in table "tblRFXBidSections" 401 , with each record having the form of Table 20. Within each bid section 250 are one or more bid categories 255. The table "tblRFXBidCategories" 402, which has the form of Table 21 above, includes the category name, the identification number of each bid category 255 and the associated bid section 250 for each bid category 255. In addition, the table "tblRFXBidCategories" 402 further includes the display order for each bid category 255 on a web page and any comments to be included with the bid category 255 on the web page. Each bid category 255 can be stored as a separate record in table "tblRFXBidCategories" 402, with each record having the form of Table 21.
Each bid category 255 further includes one or more bid items 230 associated with the bid category 255. Therefore, the table "tblRFXBidltems" 403, which has the form of Table 22 above, includes the bid item name and identification number, along with the bid category 255 associated with the bid item 230. A separate record for each bid item 230 can be stored in table "tblRFXBidltems" 403, with each record having the form of Table 22 above. The table "tblRFXBidltems" 403 fiirther includes additional information pertaining to the bid item 230, such as whether or not disablement ofthe bid item 230 is allowed, whether the bid item 230 is displayed to the vendor, whether the bid item 230 requires a vendor response, the type of data entered by the buyer for the bid item 230, the field length for the data entered by the buyer for the bid item 230, the type of data entered by the vendor for the bid item 230 and the field length for the data entered by the vendor for the bid item 230. For example, the following Table 26 illustrates sample bid items 230 in the table "tblRFXBidϊtem" 403 making up a bid item list 194, as shown in FIG. 15.
TABLE 26
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Referring again to FIG. 17, each ofthe bid items 230 can be disabled or enabled for a particular bid template 240, depending on the type of project work that the bid template 240 is created for. However, as discussed above in connection with FIG. 15, there may be some bid items 230 that are required to be included in one or more bid template 240 types. Therefore, for the required bid items 230, disablement is not allowed. If an entire bid section 250 or bid category 255 is not applicable to a particular bid template 240, the database table structure 400 can be configured to allow the bid items 230 within entire bid sections 250 or bid categories 255 to be disabled, if all ofthe bid items 230 within that bid section 250 or bid category 255 can be disabled.
Once all ofthe bid items 230 have been disabled or enabled (bid item selections 235 are enabled bid items) for a particular bid template 240, the bid template 240 and associated bid item selections 235 can be stored in the database table structure 400. The table "tblRFXBidTemplates" 405, which has the form of Table 23 above, includes the bid template name and bid template identification number for use in associating bid item selections 235 with the bid template 240 in the table "tblRFXTemplateltemMatrix" 404, which has the form of Table 24 above. A separate record for each bid template 240 can be stored in table "tblRFXBidTemplates" 405, with each record having the from of Table 23. In addition, a separate record for each bid item selection 235 included within a particular bid template 240 can be stored in table "tblRFXTemplateltemMatrix" 404, with each record having the form of Table 24.
If there are specific bid items 230 that have a default value applicable to all bid templates 240, such as the buyer name, the default value for that particular bid item 230 can be stored in the table "tblRFXBidltemsCDN" 406, which has the form of Table 25. A separate record for each default value associated with each bid item 230 can be stored in table "tblRFXBidltemsCDN" 406, with each record having the form of Table 25. By providing selectable bid items in a structured, configurable and scalable format, any bid item 230 can be added or removed at any time depending on the specific needs ofthe buyer. Exemplary steps for creating a bid template using the hierarchical and relational database table structure are illustrated in FIG. 18. To create a bid template, a buyer user enters a name for the template to create a record for the template in the database table structure (step 1800). Thereafter, the buyer user selects a particular bid section from a list of bid sections (steps 1805 and 1810) and a particular bid category from a list of bid categories (steps 1815 and 1820) to begin the process of selecting bid items for inclusion in the bid template (step 1825). If one or more ofthe bid items in the selected bid category are required (step 1830), the
required bid selections are automatically included in the bid template (step 1835). Other bid items
are selected based on the needs ofthe buyer user for the particular type of bid template (step
1840). This process is repeated for each bid category within the selected bid section (step 1845)
and for each bid section within the list of bid sections (step 1850), until all bid items have been
reviewed and either enabled (selected) or disabled for the bid template. As discussed above, in
other embodiments, all bid items within a bid section or bid category may be able to be disabled
without individual bid item review if disablement of all of those bid items is allowed. Once the bid
item selections have been made for the bid template, the bid template is stored in the bid template
list (step 1855) for later use in creating a bid request.
A screen shot of an exemplary web page for creating a bid template is shown in FIG. 19.
Using one or more web pages (only one of which is shown), the buyer user can enter the bid template name 240, select a bid section 250 and select a bid category 255 to display specific bid
items 230 within the bid category 255 that may be included in the bid template 240. For each bid
item 230 within a displayed bid category 255, the buyer user can select to either enable or disable
that bid item 230. However, if a particular bid item 230 cannot be disabled, the disable button is
ghosted to prevent the buyer user from disabling the bid item 230. In addition, if the option is
available, the buyer user may also be allowed to disable all bid items 230 within a particular bid
section 250 or bid category 255 by clicking on a disable button next to the bid section 250 or bid category 255 currently displayed. Once all ofthe bid items 230 have been enabled or disabled for the bid template 240, the buyer user can save the bid template 240. In some embodiments, the
buyer user may be able to temporarily save the bid template 240 if all bid items selections 235
have not yet been completed. In other embodiments, the save button is ghosted until all bid items 230 have been enabled or disabled.
FIG. 20 illustrates exemplary steps for creating a bid request from a bid template, as
shown in FIG. 15, using bid items organized in a hierarchical and relational format, as shown in
FIG. 17. Initially, a bid template is selected by a buyer user from the bid template list for the bid
request (step 2000). It should be understood that the bid template can be created immediately
prior to generation ofthe bid request or the bid template can be created well in advance ofthe bid
request. After the particular bid template for the bid request is selected, the buyer user enters a bid request identifier for the bid request (step 2005), such as a bid request name or number. In
addition, the system will assign a bid tracking number to refer to the bid as it applies throughout
the system to the vendor, buyer, contractor and administrator.
All ofthe bid item selections in the bid template are displayed by bid section and bid category to the buyer user for review (step 2010). If one or more ofthe bid item selections in the
bid template are not applicable to the particular bid request (step 2015), and the undesired bid
item selections can be disabled (step 2020), the buyer user can disable those bid item selections that are not needed for the particular bid request (step 2025). Thereafter, the buyer user enters
the requisite bid request data into appropriate fields for the bid item selections enabled in the bid request (step 2030). For example, one or more bid item selections may contain a field for the buyer to enter data, such as the location ofthe work to be performed or the type of project work. These fields can be variable type data fields, such as text-entry fields or selectable options fields with links to other web pages containing the selectable option.
An example of a selectable option field that may be displayed involves the selection of a particular type of project work for the bid request from a number of pre-established project types. To implement the project type selection process, a configurable and scalable database structure can be provided that enables the buyer's specific project work business requirements to be classified in a non-prose fashion. By selecting from pre-established project work types, the buyer can ensure that vendor bid responses are synchronous with the buyer's project work requirements. The project work types can also be selected by the vendor when completing vendor qualification data (shown in FIG. 2) for selecting of vendors to receive the bid request. Examples of data structures used for selecting the project work type are shown in Tables 27-29 hereinbelow. The data structures are illustrated for simplicity as being organized in a table format, with each table including all ofthe fields necessary for displaying the project work types to the buyer user to select from and storing the selected project work type within the field ofthe associated bid item selection ofthe bid request. The tables are related in a hierarchical and relational manner, such that the tables are accessed in a particular order for displaying the project work types to the buyer user.
Table 27 below illustrates sample project services types, such as consulting, staff supplementation and other project services. Within each ofthe project services types may be one or more project sectors, as shown in Table 28, and within each ofthe project sectors may be one
or more project families, as shown in Table 29. Therefore, to select a particular project work type
(project family) for the bid request, the buyer user can select a project services type and project sector type to display a list of project families to select from. It should be understood that other
configurations and project types can be included and the system is not limited to the specific
configurations and information listed in Tables 27-29.
TABLE 27
Project Services Type Table
Figure imgf000068_0001
TABLE 28
Project Sector Type Table
Project Section ID Project Sector Name ASP Display Order Project Services ID
1 Consulting/Professional Services 2 1
2 Engineering/Construction 3 1
3 Technology 1 1
TABLE 29
Project Family Type Table
Figure imgf000069_0001
Referring again to FIG. 20, once the buyer user has entered the bid request data into all of
the required bid item fields (step 2035), the bid request is complete. It should be understood that
not all ofthe bid item fields require the user to enter bid request data. For example, one or more
ofthe bid item selections may be a vendor bid response bid item selection that only the vendor
responds to. For the vendor bid response bid item selections, the buyer user can enable or disable
that bid item selection, and does not enter any data into the field for that bid item selection except data that may assist the vendor in completing the bid response for that bid item. For bid request
completeness, every enabled bid item selection where the buyer user can enter bid request data is
preferably filled out by the buyer user before the bid request is submitted.
In many companies, bid requests must be approved prior to transmission to vendors. Therefore, if the bid request requires approval (step 2040), the originator ofthe bid request submits the bid request to the appropriate approvers (step 2045). In exemplary embodiments, as discussed above in connection with FIGs. 9-14, the approval user role positions are pre- designated for all bid requests or for the particular bid request, so that the bid request is automatically routed to the appropriate approver. If the bid request is approved (step 2050), the originator is informed ofthe bid request approval (step 2055), and the bid request is transmitted to qualified vendors (step 2060). However, if the bid request is not approved (step 2050), the originator is notified ofthe bid request declination (step 2065), and provided the opportunity to edit the bid request (step 2070), if possible. For example, the originator may have disabled one or more bid item selections that need to be included in the bid request for approval purposes, or left blank one or more buyer-required data fields. If approval ofthe bid request is not required (step 2040), the bid request is transmitted to the qualified vendors for the bid request (step 2060). FIGs. 21 and 22 are screen shots of exemplary web pages that can be provided to the buyer user for bid request creation. Using one or more web pages, the buyer user can enter the bid request name 200, select a bid section 250 and select a bid category 255 to display specific bid item selections 230 within the bid category 255 that may be included in the bid request 200. FIG. 21 shows an overview ofthe status ofthe bid request 200 listing the number of bid item selections 235 in each section 250 and the number of bid item selections 235 in each section 250 that are completed or disabled. To complete or disable a bid item selection 235, the buyer user can click on the bid section 250 to display the bid categories 255 and bid item selections 235 within each of the bid categories 255. Once all ofthe bid item selections 235 have been completed or disabled, the buyer user can click on a submit completed bid request button for approval and/or transmission to qualified vendors.
As shown in FIG. 22, each bid item selection 235 in each bid category 255 within each bid section 250 can be reviewed to determine whether or not the bid item selection 235 should be disabled. Some ofthe bid item selections 235 in one or more ofthe categories 255 may also require bid request data 210 from the buyer user. For each bid item selection 235 within a bid category 255, the buyer user can either enable or disable that bid item selection 235. However, if a particular bid item selection 235 cannot be disabled, the disable button is ghosted to prevent the buyer user from disabling the bid item selection 235. In addition, if the option is available, the buyer user may also be allowed to disable all bid item selections 235 within a particular bid section 250 or bid category 255. If a bid item selection 235 is enabled and has a field 238 for entering bid request data 210, the buyer user can enter bid request data 210 into the associated data field 238. In addition, if the bid template contains default bid request data 210 for a particular bid item selection 235, the default data 210 can be displayed in the data field 238 and may or may not be allowed to be changed, depending on the template settings.
FIG. 23 illustrates exemplary steps for reviewing and transmitting bid requests to qualified vendors, as shown in FIG. 15. The originator ofthe bid request can select appropriate qualified vendors from the vendor list based on bid template type and entered bid request data or the bid request can be submitted to a project administrator to choose the qualified vendors, depending on buyer constraints. If the latter, the new bid requests can be displayed to an administrative user (step 2300) to select the desired bid request for review and transmission (step 2305). During the
review process, the administrative user may be allowed to edit the bid request for quality control
purposes or may request the originator ofthe bid request to edit the bid request, if significant changes are necessary (step 2310).
Once the bid request is in a completed form, the administrative user accesses the vendor
list (step 2315) to determine qualified vendors for the bid request based on the bid template type
and entered bid request data (step 2320) (e.g., based on the project family in conjunction with the
anticipated geographic work location). If the list of qualified vendors is insufficient (step 2325),
the administrative user may also query the top-level database (as shown in FIG. 6) for additional matching vendors to add to the qualified vendor list (step 2330). In addition to or instead of
supplementing the qualified vendor list with matching vendors from the top-level database, the
administrative user may also be provided the option to include vendors that do not completely
match all ofthe bid request data (steps 2335 and 2340).
A screen shot of an exemplary web page displaying all ofthe potential vendors to be
selected from to include on the qualified vendor list is shown in FIG. 24. The administrative user
can select from buyer-contracted vendors that match the bid request data, buyer-contracted
vendors that do not completely match the bid request data and non-contracted vendors that match
the bid request data provided by the top-level database. The administrative user can select vendors for inclusion in the vendor qualification list based on any number of factors, including previous contract experience with the vendor, vendor reputation and vendor availability.
Turning back to FIG. 23, once the list of qualified vendors is finalized (step 2345), the administrative user transmits the bid request to the qualified vendors (step 2350) and notifies the originator ofthe bid request ofthe bid request status (step 2355). For example, the originator can be notified ofthe particular vendors that received the bid request and any modifications made to the bid request prior to transmission.
Exemplary steps for generation and transmission of a vendor bid response, as shown generally in FIGs. 1 and 15 at 220, to a received bid request are shown in FIG. 25. In exemplary embodiments, bid requests are transmitted to vendors and routed to the appropriate vendor users, based on vendor user role configurations, as discussed above in connection with FIGs. 9-14.
Upon receipt of a bid request, an appropriate vendor user can access the bid request via a menu or dashboard control notification (step 2500). In further exemplary embodiments, the bid request is submitted with a bid confidentiality agreement binding the vendor user to maintain the contents of the bid request in confidence prior to displaying the bid request contents to the vendor user. If the vendor user acknowledges the confidentiality agreement (e.g., by clicking on an accept button) (step 2505), the vendor user can gain access to the contents ofthe bid request (step 2515). Otherwise, the vendor user is notified that the bid contents will not be accessible and the bid request is removed from the vendor user's view (step 2510).
To limit the amount of time that vendors have to submit vendor bid responses, the bid request may also include a time frame that the vendor must agree to respond within. If the vendor user cannot agree to respond within the time frame (e.g., by clicking on an accept button) (step 2520), the vendor user is notified that the contents ofthe bid request will no longer be available to the vendor user and the bid request is removed from the vendor user's view (step 2525). The buyer or project administrator is also notified ofthe vendors that do not acknowledge the confidentiality agreement or time frame constraints, and based on the number of non- acknowledged vendors, the buyer or project administrator can add vendors to the qualified vendor list and transmit the bid request to the additional vendors to ensure that a sufficient number of vendor bid responses are received.
If the vendor user does agree to respond within the time frame (step 2520), the vendor is authorized to begin completion ofthe vendor bid response (step 2530). To respond to the bid request, the vendor user accesses the bid item selections by bid section and bid category that require vendor response data for review (step 2535). If the vendor user has any questions regarding the bid request (e.g., the type or amount of vendor response data that is required) (step 2540), the vendor user can submit questions to the buyer for bid clarification within a buyer- configured time frame (step 2545). An appropriate buyer user (e.g., the bid request originator or project administrator) is notified of each question submitted by a vendor via e-mail and/or dashboard update (step 2550) and that buyer user is responsible for providing an answer to the submitted questions within applicable time constraints (step 2555). The vendors are notified of the buyer answers via e-mail and/or dashboard update (step 2560). For example, a bid message board can be provided by the system that both the vendors and the buyer can access for a particular bid request. A screen shot of an exemplary bid message board 600 is shown in FIG. 27. Only the buyer and the vendors responding to a particular bid request can access the bid message board 600. All ofthe vendors may be provided access to all ofthe submitted questions and buyer answers, or only the vendor that submitted the question may be allowed to view the buyer answer, depending on the buyer settings. In addition, the vendor questions may be anonymous to the vendors and the buyer or only to the vendors, depending on the vendor and/or buyer preferences.
Turning back to FIG. 25, if the vendor user does not have any questions (step 2540) or all ofthe vendor questions have been answered (step 2560), the vendor user enters the requisite vendor response data into appropriate fields for the required bid item selections in the bid (step 2565). The vendor response data can include costing information including costing elements (e.g., resource requirements, expense types, etc.) and associated pricing information (e.g., resource rates, expense amounts, etc.) and deliverables information including deliverables types (e.g., number of units to be completed, phasing information, etc.) and completion information (e.g., project end date, phase end dates, etc.). Each ofthe costing elements and deliverables types is associated with a different bid item selection to enable effective comparison and grading of vendor bid responses.
The bid item fields can be of various data types, such as text/currency/numeric-entry fields and/or selectable options fields. In addition, the fields can have multiple levels of detail associated with a singular bid response item for different aspects ofthe project. For example, if a project has several phases, as determined by the buyer and/or vendor, the vendor response fields can include a separate section for each phase ofthe project. Upon attempted submission ofthe vendor bid response, the system validates vendor completion of all necessary data fields for bid item selections in the vendor bid response (step 2570). If all required data fields are not completed (step 2575), the vendor user is provided a system message indicating the deficient vendor response bid item selections, and is prompted to complete the required bid item selections prior to submitting the vendor bid response (step 2580). Once all required data fields for bid item selections are completed in a bid response (step 2575), the vendor (upon submission) is provided a message indicating that the vendor bid response has been submitted to the buyer or project administrator for review (step 2585) and the appropriate buyer user is notified of a new vendor bid response via e-mail and/or dashboard update (step 2590).
FIGs. 26 A and 26B are screen shots of exemplary web pages that can be provided to the vendor user for bid response generation. The vendor user is provided with web pages displaying the bid item selections within the bid request that require vendor response data. For example, as shown in FIG. 26 A, the status ofthe vendor bid response can be displayed to the vendor user listing the number of bid item selections 235 in each section 250, the number of bid item selections 235 in each section that the vendor user must complete and the number of bid item selections 235 in each section 250 that have been completed. In addition, the vendor user can access the bid message board to post vendor questions, view the bid response in an on-line format that is easily readable or submit resumes of potential contractors to be included in the vendor bid response. Furthermore, once the vendor responses to all ofthe bid item selections 235 have been completed, the vendor user can click on the submit completed bid response button for approval and/or transmission to the buyer or project administrator.
To complete a vendor response to a bid item selection 235, as shown in FIG. 26B, the vendor user can click on the bid section 250 to display the bid categories 255 and bid item selections 235 within each ofthe bid categories 255. If a vendor response to a particular bid item selection is required, the vendor user can enter the vendor response data 215 into a data field 238 for the bid item selection 235. As discussed above, the data field 238 can be a direct text-entry field or include links to other web pages for selection ofthe appropriate vendor response data 215 from pre-established vendor responses. In addition, the data field 238 can have multiple levels, with links to web pages for each level. Furthermore, the data field 238 may be able to be directly populated from the vendor database with default vendor response data 215, such as vendor name and vendor address. For example, upon receipt of a bid request, the vendor module can search for particular bid item selections 235 and populate the data fields 238 for those bid item selections 235 with the appropriate vendor response data 215.
An example of vendor response data selected from pre-established vendor responses is shown in FIG. 28. If the bid request includes a bid item selection requiring the vendor to provide resource requirement information for the project, along with, for example, the resource rates associated with the resource requirement information, the data field 238 can provide links to other web pages for selection of pre-established resource profile parameters. For example, each resource profile can indicate a particular resource type and associated skills needed for the resource profile . To facilitate effective comparison of resource profiles and rates by the buyer, the vendor can select from a number pre-established resource types and associated skills. To implement the resource type and skills selections, a configurable and scalable database structure can be provided that enables the vendor's specific resource requirements to be classified in non- prose fashion.
Examples of data structures used for selecting the resource type and associated skills are shown in Tables 30-37 hereinbelow. The data structures are illustrated for simplicity as being organized in a table format, with each table including all ofthe fields necessary for displaying the resource types and associated skills to the vendor user to select from and storing the selected resource profile within the data field ofthe associated bid item selection. The tables are related in a hierarchical and relational manner, such that the tables are accessed in a particular order for displaying the resource types and associated skills to the vendor user, as will be described hereinbelow in connection with FIG. 29, which illustrates a database table structure 800 representing an exemplary data scheme associated with a complete vendor bid response the interrelation between the vendor bid response and the buyer bid request.
Table 30 below illustrates sample business sector categories, such as light industrial, management/professional, office and technical. Within each ofthe business sector categories are one or more business arenas, as shown in Table 31, and within each ofthe business arenas are one or more business families, as shown in Table 32. Therefore, to select a particular business family associated with the resource type for the bid response, the vendor user can select a business
sector category and business arena to display a list of business families to select from. Once the
business family is selected, the various skills (general functions and business skills) associated with
the resource type can be selected and mapped to the particular resource type, as shown in Tables
33-37. For example, the general functions can identify the level of skill associated with the
resource type, the skills category can identify the types of skills, training and experience that the
resource type possesses and one or more skills sets associated with each skills category can
identify the specific experience associated with the resource type. In addition, certain skills sets
can be emphasized over other skills sets by establishing a priority level for each ofthe skills sets of
the resource type. It should be understood that other resource type and skill selections can be
provided, and the system is not limited to the particular configuration and information shown in
Tables 30-37. For a more complete discussion of resource profiling, reference is made to co- pending and commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 10/128,751, which is
hereby incorporate by reference in its entirety herein.
TABLE 30
Exemplary Business Sectors Table (tbIBusSector)
Figure imgf000079_0001
TABLE 31
Exemplary Business Arenas Table (tblBusArena)
Figure imgf000080_0001
TABLE 32
Exemplary Business Families Table (tblBusFamily)
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
TABLE 33
Exemplary Business General Functions
Figure imgf000083_0001
TABLE 34
Skill Categories Table (tblCategory)
Column Name Data Type Length
Skills Category ID Int 4
Skills Category Nvarchar 255
TABLE 35
Skills By Category Table (tblSkillsMap)
Figure imgf000083_0002
TABLE 36
Business Family to Skill Category Map (tblBusFamtoSkillCat)
Figure imgf000084_0001
TABLE 37
Exemplary Business Skills Priority
Figure imgf000084_0002
Upon submission ofthe vendor bid response, all ofthe bid item selection fields are
populated with bid data (either bid request data or vendor response data), which is stored in
system (buyer database and vendor database) as a bid in a hierarchical and relational manner, as
shown in the database table structure 800 of FIG. 29. Exemplary data structures for storing the
bid data are shown hereinbelow in Tables 38-55, which will be discussed in connection with FIG.
29.
Tables 38 and 39 below illustrate sample bid request data associated with a particular bid
request that can be stored in the database in tables "tblRFX" 801 and "tblRFXSelectedBidltems" 802, as shown in FIG. 29. For example, in table "tblRFX" 801, general information concerning the bid request can be stored, such as the bid tracking number assigned to the bid request by the system, the bid request name assigned by the originator, the identity ofthe bid request originator, the bid template type, the project type, project work location, budgeted expenditure amount for the project, the status ofthe bid request (e.g., new, submitted, evaluated, awarded, etc.), whether or not top-level database vendors received the bid request and whether any approval was required. However, it should be understood that other bid information can also be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Tables 38 and 39.
The specific bid items selections included within the bid request and the bid request data (buyer comments) entered by the originator for each ofthe bid item selections can be stored in the table "tblRFXSelectedBidltems" 802. Each bid item selection can be stored as a separate record in "tblRFXSelectedBidltems" 802, with each record containing all ofthe fields shown in Table 39 below. Table "tblRFXSelectedBidltems" 802 is tied to the general bid request information table "tblRFX" 801. As discussed above in connection with FIG. 10, the bid item selections contained within table "tblRFXSelectedBidltems" 802 are selected from the table "tblRFXBidltems" 403 and associated with a particular bid template type stored within table "tblRFXBidTemplates" 405 through table "tblRFXTemplateltemMatrix" 404. TABLE 38
Master Bid Table (tblRFX - db structure view)
Figure imgf000086_0001
TABLE 39
RFX Bid Items Table (tblRFXSelectedBidltems)
Figure imgf000087_0001
Sample information pertaining to the posting (transmitting) ofthe bid request to qualified
vendors is shown hereinbelow in Table 40, which can be stored in the database in table
"tblRFXPost" 803, as shown in FIG. 29. In exemplary embodiments, posting information is
related to each particular vendor that received the bid request, and can include, for example, the date and time the bid request was submitted (posted) to the qualified vendor, the identity ofthe
administrative user that posted the bid request, the identity ofthe qualified vendor that received
the bid request, the vendor bid response identifier and the score assigned to the vendor, as
described below in connection with FIGs. 31-35. However, it should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in
Table 40. A separate record for each vendor that received the bid request can be stored in table 'tblRFXPost" 803, with each record including all ofthe fields shown hereinbelow.
TABLE 40
tblRFXPost
Figure imgf000088_0001
Sample information pertaining to the receipt ofthe bid request by the vendor and the
submission ofthe vendor bid response is shown hereinbelow in Table 41, which can be stored in
the database in table "tblRFXResp" 804, as shown in FIG. 29. For example, such response submission information can include the vendor bid response identifier, the status ofthe vendor bid
response, the identity ofthe vendor, the vendor bid response submission date and the dates the
vendor acknowledged the confidentiality and intend to respond agreements. Examples ofthe types of status information that can be included in the table "tblRFXResp" 804 are shown
hereinbelow in Table 42, which can be stored in the database in table "tblRFXResp Status" 805, as
shown in FIG. 29. Tables "tblRFXResp" 804 and "tblRFXResp Status" 805 are tied to table
"tblRFXPost" 803, which in turn, is tied to "tblRFX" 801 to associate the vendor response
submission information to the bid posting information for the bid request. However, it should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific
information shown in Tables 41 and 42. A separate record for each vendor bid response can be
stored in "tblRFXResp" 804, with each record containing the fields shown in Table 41 below.
TABLE 41
tblRFXResp
Figure imgf000089_0001
TABLE 42
Exemplary Data from tblRFXRespStatus
I ew
2 Confidentiality Terms Accepted
3 Confidentiality Terms Not Accepted
4 Response lntended
5 Response Declined
6 Temporarily Saved
7 Response Submitted
8 Bid Not Accepted
9 Awaiting_Re-Bid
10 Re-Bid Declined
11 Bid Accepted
12 Bid On Hold
13 Waiting Bid Description
Table 43 below illustrates sample vendor bid response data submitted in a vendor bid
response from a vendor to a buyer, which can be stored in the database in table
"tblRFXRespMain" 806, as shown in FIG. 29. For example, such vendor bid response data can include the bid tracking number, the vendor response identifier, the identity ofthe vendor, the
particular bid item selection the vendor has responded to, the vendor response to that particular
bid item selection, any bid request data (buyer comments) associated with that particular bid item
selection, the record identifier for the vendor response to the particular bid item selection and any
grade given to the vendor response by the buyer, as will be described in more detail hereinbelow
in connection with FIGs. 31-35. However, it should be understood that other information can be
included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Table 43. A separate record for each bid item selection responded to by the vendor is stored in "tblRFXRespMain"
806, with each record containing the fields shown in Table 43 below. Table "tblRFXRespMain"
806 is tied to "tblRFX" 801 and "tblRFXPost" 803 to associate the vendor bid response with the
bid request.
TABLE 43
tblRFXRespMain
Figure imgf000091_0001
Associated with one or more ofthe vendor responses to bid item selections may be one or more resource profiles ofthe particular resources (contractors) that the vendor identified as
necessary to complete the project. The resource profiles can be created in advance or as part of
the vendor bid response. The resource profiles are generated using the business sector, business arena, business family, general functions and skills discussed above in connection with FIG. 28
and shown in Tables 30-37 above.
Examples of resource profile information (resource type and skills) for resource profiles
are shown hereinbelow in Tables 44-46, which can be stored in the database in tables
"tblResourceProfileMaster" 807, "tblResourceProfile MasterSkills" 816 and
"tblResourceProfileMasterGF's" 817, as shown in FIG. 29. The table
"tblResourceProfileMaster" 807 stores the resource type ofthe resource profile (e.g., business
sector, arena and family), while table "tblResourceProfileMasterSkiUs" 816 stores the business
skills (skills sets and skill sets priorities) associated with the resource type and table "tblResourceProfileMasterGF's" 817 stores the general functions ofthe resource type. However,
it should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not limited to
the specific information shown in Tables 44-46. A separate record for each resource profile is included in tables "tblResourceProfileMaster" 807, "tblResourceProfileMasterSkiUs" 816 and
"tblResourceProfileMasterGF's" 817, with each ofthe records containing all ofthe fields shown
below in Tables 45-46. The table "tblResourceProfileMaster" 807 is tied to tables
"tblResourceProfileMasterSkiUs" 816 and "tblResourceProfileMasterGF's" 817 to associate the
general functions and skills sets with the resource type of each resource profile. TABLE 44
tblResourceProfileMaster (db structure view)
Figure imgf000093_0001
TABLE 45
tblResourceProfileMasterGFs (db structure view)
Figure imgf000093_0002
TABLE 46
tblResourceProfileMasterSkiUs (db structure view)
Figure imgf000094_0001
Sample information relating to the particular selected resource profiles submitted with the vendor bid response is shown in Table 47 below, which can be stored in table "tblRFXResourcePfoiles" 818 in FIG. 29. For example, such selected resource profile information can include the identity ofthe resource profile and the anticipated quantity of that particular selected resource profile that are needed to complete the project. However, it should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Table 47. A separate record for each selected resource profile for the project is stored in "tblRFXResourceProfiles" 818, with each record containing all ofthe fields shown in Table 47 below. Table "tblRFXResourceProfiles" 818 is tied to table "tblRFXResourceProfileMaster" 807 to associate the particular resource type, skills and general functions with the selected resource profile. Table "tblRFXResourceProfiles" 818 is further tied to table "tblRFXSelectedBidltems" 802 to associate the selected resource profiles with the particular bid item selections requesting the resource profiles. TABLE 47 tblRFXResouceProfile (db structure view)
Figure imgf000095_0001
Depending on the bid request, as part ofthe vendor bid response to one or more bid item selections, the vendor may also provide pricing information associated with the particular selected resource profiles for the project. Sample resource pricing information is shown in Table 48 below, which can be stored in the database in table "tblRFXResourcesProfilePricing" 819, as shown in FIG. 29. For example, such resource pricing information can include the resource profile identifier, the identity ofthe vendor bid response record for the bid item selection requesting the resource profile and pricing information, the anticipated number of hours the resource associated with the resource profile will work, the billing rate associated with the resource profile and the anticipated billing amount ofthe resource associated with the resource profile. However, it should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Table 48. A separate record for each resource associated with one ofthe selected resource profiles is stored in table "tblRFXResourcesProfilePricing" 819, with each record containing the fields shown in Table 48
below. Table "tblRFXResourcesProfilePricing" 819 is tied to table "tblRFXResourceProfiles"
818 to associate the resource pricing information for a particular resource to a particular selected resource profile. In addition, table "tblRFXResourcesProfilePricing" 819 is tied to table
"tblRFXRespMain" 806 and table "tblRFXSelectedBidltems" to associate the resource pricing
information and selected resource profile with the vendor bid response to a particular bid item
selection.
TABLE 48
tblRFXResourceProfilesPricing (db structure view)
Figure imgf000096_0001
In addition to the particular resource profiles and pricing, the vendor bid response may
also include information related to the types of materials needed for the project. Sample material
information is shown below in Table 49, which can be stored in the database in table "tblRFXRespMaterials" 822, as shown in FIG. 29. For example, such material information can include the identity ofthe vendor bid response record for the bid item selection requesting the
material information, the type of material and the cost ofthe material. However, it should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific
information shown in Table 49. A separate record for each type of material is stored in table
"tblRFXRespMaterials" 822, with each record containing the fields shown in Table 49 below.
Table "tblRFXRespMaterials" 822 is tied to table "tblRFXRespMain" 806 and table
"tblRFXSelectedBidltems" to associate the material information with the vendor bid response to a
particular bid item selection.
TABLE 49
tblRFXRespMaterials (db structure view)
Figure imgf000097_0001
The vendor bid response may also include information related to the phasing ofthe
project. Sample phasing information is shown below in Table 50, which can be stored in the database in table "tblRFXRespPhase" 823, as shown in FIG. 29. For example, for each phase of
the project, the phasing information can include the identity ofthe vendor bid response record for
the bid item selection requesting the phasing information, the number ofthe particular phase, a
description ofthe phase, the anticipated duration ofthe phase and the project deliverables at the
end ofthe phase (e.g., number of units to be completed or other project milestones). However, it
should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Table 50. A separate record for each phase is stored in table
"tblRFXRespPhase" 823, with each record containing the fields shown in Table 50 below. Table
"tblRFXRespPhase" 823 is tied to table "tblRFXRespMain" 806 and table
"tblRFXSelectedBidltems" to associate the phasing information with the vendor bid response to a particular bid item selection.
TABLE 50
tblRFXRespPhase (db structure view)
Figure imgf000098_0001
All ofthe questions and answers posted by the vendor and buyer on the bid message board
and any questions submitted to the vendor from the buyer regarding the vendor bid response can
also be stored in the system and associated with the particular vendor bid response. Sample
question information is shown in Tables 51 and 52 below, which can be stored in the database in
tables "tblRFXQuestionsFromVendor" 820 and "tblRFXQuestionsFromBuyer" 821, as shown in
FIG. 29. A separate record for each vendor question/buyer response and buyer question/vendor
response is stored in tables "tblRFXQuestionsFromVendor" 820 and
"tblRFXQuestionsFromBuyer" 821, with each record containing the fields shown in Tables 51
and 52 below. In addition tables "tblRFXQuestionsFromVendor" 820 and
"tblRFXQuestionsFromBuyer" 821 are tied to table "tblRFXRespMain" 806 to associate the questions with the particular vendor bid response.
TABLE 51 tblRFXQuestionsfromVendor (db structure view)
Figure imgf000099_0001
TABLE 52
tblRFXQuestionsfromBuyer (db structure view)
The vendor bid response can also be associated with details about previous project work
that has been performed by the vendor to aid in bid response process. Sample previous project
work details are shown in Table 53 below, which can be stored in the database in table
"tblRFXRespTrackRecord" 824, as shown in FIG. 29. For example, such previous project work
details can include the vendor bid response identifier, the project name, the name ofthe buyer, the
value ofthe project, a description ofthe project, a discussion of deployed resources (contractors)
for the project, a discussion ofthe performance ofthe vendor, the project start date and the
project end date. It should be understood that additional previous project work details can be
stored, and the system is not limited to the specific previous project work details shown in Table 53. TABLE 53
tblRFXRespTrackRecord (db structure view)
Figure imgf000101_0001
Referring now to FIG. 30, a screen shot of a sample web page displaying options to the
buyer for administration ofthe bid request and vendor bid responses is illustrated. From the bid request administration web page, the buyer user can submit a completed bid request to an
administrator (or to qualified vendors), view vendor bid responses to a bid request, grade vendor
bid responses, submit questions to the vendor about the vendor bid response, request a re-quote
from a vendor, request project interviews with vendors or resource interviews with potential
resources (contractors) for a project, award the bid (project) to a particular vendor, assign
resources for a project or place a bid request on hold.
Once the buyer has received one or more vendor bid responses to a particular bid request,
the buyer can grade or otherwise compare the vendor bid responses in order to determine which vendor will get awarded the project. With the use of pre-established bid items in the (bid request and bid responses, all vendor bid responses have the same format, enabling efficient and effective grading and comparison of vendor bid responses. Therefore, prior to begin grading ofthe vendor bid responses, the buyer can select one or more bid items for grading purposes. Exemplary functionality for selecting graded bid items and grading vendor responses to the selected graded bid items is shown in FIG. 31. A grading tool 188 is illustrated in FIG. 31 for the selection of graded bid items and grading of vendor bid responses, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention. The grading tool 188 can include any hardware, software and/or firmware required to perform the functions ofthe tools and can be implemented within the web server 120 or an additional server (not shown).
At any time after the creation ofthe bid request, a grader (e.g. buyer user or project administrator user) responsible for grading vendor bid responses can access the grading tool 188 to select one or more bid item selections 235 from the bid request for grading purposes. The grading tool accesses the bid item list 194 stored in the database 155, retrieves the bid item selections 235 from the bid item list 194 that are included within the particular bid request identified by the grader and displays the bid item selections 235 to the grader via the buyer module 110, web server 120, data network 40 and buyer browser 20a to choose from. From the bid item selections 235, the grader can select one or more graded bid items 236 and provide a list ofthe graded bid items 236 to the grading tool 188. Upon receipt of one or more vendor bid responses, the grading tool 188 can access a vendor bid response list 192 to retrieve the vendor response data 215 associated with one ofthe graded bid items 236 for one ofthe vendor bid responses in the list 192. The bid item response data 215 is displayed to the grader for grading purposes. Based on various factors (objective and subjective) regarding the quality and information included within the displayed bid item response data 215, the grader can assign a grade for that bid item response 215 and transmit a bid item response grade 260 to the grading tool 188.
The grading tool 188 further interfaces with the database 155 to store the bid item response grade 260 for the vendor in a vendor grades list 198 that contains the bid item response grades 260 for all graded bid items 236 for each ofthe vendor bid responses in the vendor bid response list 192. In addition, based on all ofthe bid item response grades 260 received by the grading tool 188 for all ofthe graded bid items 236 for a particular vendor bid response, the grading tool 188 can calculate an overall vendor score 265 for the particular vendor bid response and store the vendor score 265 in the vendor grades list 198.
Exemplary steps for selecting graded bid items and grading vendor bid responses using the graded bid items are shown in FIGs. 32 and 33. The main processing steps performed for bid response grading are shown in FIG. 32. Upon receipt of vendor bid responses (step 3200), the bid item selections to be used for grading purposes are identified (step 3210). The bid item selections are associated with the bid request soliciting the vendor bid responses, and vendor bid response data is included within the bid item selections chosen for grading purposes. Using the vendor bid response data within the graded bid items, the vendor bid responses are graded (step 3220).
A more detailed grading process is shown in FIG. 33. After a bid request is created, a buyer user is provided a list of bid item selections associated with the bid request (step 3330). From the list of bid item selections, one or more graded bid items are chosen (step 3305), and each graded bid item may be assigned a weighting factor (e.g., a weighting percentage) (step 3310) to weigh certain responses more heavily than other responses in the final score. It should be noted that in some embodiments, the weighting factors can be equal, thereby eliminating the requirement that the buyer user enter a specific weighting factor. The weighting factors for all the graded bid items must be complete before the vendor bid responses can be graded (step 3315). Once all ofthe graded bid items have been chosen and assigned a weighting factor, the grader is provided a list of vendor bid responses (step 3320) and selects one ofthe vendor bid responses for grading purposes (step 3325). Thereafter, the grader selects one ofthe graded bid items (step 3330) to grade the vendor bid response data included within the graded bid item (step 3335). The grader can grade the vendor bid response data using any mechanism available to the grader . In one embodiment, the grader can pre-establish grading criteria for a particular graded bid item to enable the system to automatically grade the vendor response data. For example, to grade pricing information, the grader can pre-assign grades to specific pricing ranges, and the system can automatically provide a grade for a pricing graded bid item based on the price submitted in the vendor bid response. In other embodiments, the grader can compare all ofthe vendor bid response data for a particular graded bid item initially before assigning grades based on the relative differences between the vendor bid response data. In still further embodiments, the grader can pre-establish a checklist or thresholds for each grade to be assigned to a particular graded bid item.
The grade assigned to the vendor response data for the graded bid item is stored in the database (step 3340), and the process is repeated for each graded bid item until the vendor response data included within each graded bid item for a particular vendor bid response is graded (step 3345). Once all ofthe grades have been completed, the system calculates the vendor's total score based on the individual grades assigned to each graded bid item (step 3350). For example, if the possible grades are A, B, C and D, the vendor score can be calculated by assigning four points for an A, three points for a B, two points for a C and one point for a D.
Each vendor bid response is graded in the same manner (step 3355) to enable the vendor scores to be sorted into descending order (step 3360) for display to the buyer user (step 3365). In addition to the total score, the grader can also be provided with the individual grades for the graded bid items to determine if any re-quotes are necessary. By providing the grader with the total scores and individual grades, the grader can visually determine which vendor had the highest overall score and which vendors had the highest grades for particular graded bid items in order to make a decision as to which vendor to award the project. However, it should be understood that other bid response comparison techniques can be used with the system ofthe present invention, instead ofthe specific grading and scoring described herein. Screen shots of exemplary web pages 61 that can be displayed to the grader for selection of graded bid items and grading of vendor bid responses are shown in FIGs. 34A-34E. In FIG.
34A, the web page contains a list of bid item selections 235 for the grader to select from. For
each ofthe selected graded bid items 236, the grader can also enter a weighting percentage 850
for that graded bid item 236. The grader can adjust the weighting percentages 850 based on pre-
established criteria or personal preferences until the weighted percentage 850 total equals one-
hundred percent. As discussed above, in other embodiments, all graded bid items 236 can be assigned equal weights, so that the weighting percentages 850 would not need to be displayed to
or selected by the grader.
In order to grade vendor bid responses, as shown in FIG. 34B, the grader can be provided
a web page listing the particular graded bid item 236 and either displaying the vendor bid response
data 215 or providing a link to the vendor bid response data 215. For example, as shown in FIG.
34C, a link to the resource profile and associated resource pricing information can be provided into order to grade a particular graded bid item. Referring again to FIG. 34B, the grader can
further be provided a prompt to enter the grade 855 for the vendor bid response data 215
associated with the graded bid item 236. In other embodiments, the grades 855 may be
automatically assigned by the system, based on pre-established grading criteria.
Once a vendor bid response has been graded, as shown in FIG. 34D, the grader can be
provided a web page displaying all ofthe graded bid items 236, the weighting percentages 850
assigned to the graded bid items 236 and the vendor grade 855 assigned to each ofthe graded bid
items 236 by the grader. In addition, the total vendor score 860 can also be displayed to enable the grader to determine the total quality ofthe vendor bid response. Referring now to FIG. 34E, vendor bid responses can be compared side-by-side based on the total vendor score 860 and individual grades 855 assigned to each ofthe graded bid items 236.
Examples ofthe data structures used for selecting the graded bid items and storing the vendor grades are shown in Tables 54-56 hereinbelow. The data structures are illustrated for simplicity as being organized in a table format, with each table including all ofthe fields necessary for displaying bid item selections to the buyer user to select from and storing grades and scores for vendor bid responses. The tables are related in a hierarchical and relational manner, as will be discussed in connection with FIG. 35. Sample bid item selections that could be included in a bid request and associated vendor bid response are shown in Table 54 below. However, it should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Table 54. For each bid item selection, there is an indication of whether or not that bid item selection is gradable. For example, not all ofthe bid item selections may include vendor response data to grade. Therefore, only the gradable bid item selections are displayed to the buyer user to select from.
TABLE 54
Exemplary Vendor Listing of Potential Graded Bid Items (By Category)
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000109_0001
Figure imgf000110_0001
A separate grade is stored for each ofthe graded bid items, as shown in Table 55 below, which can be stored in the database table structure 1100 in table "tblRFXGradeltems" 825, as shown in FIG. 35. Along with the assigned grade 855 for a particular graded bid item 236, table "tblRFXGradeltems" 825 may also include the identity ofthe buyer user grader, the weighting percentage 850 assigned to the graded bid item 236 and the vendor bid response identifier associated with the grade 855. However, it should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Table 55. Each vendor grade 855 for each vendor is stored in a separate record in the table "tblRFXGradeltems" 825, with each record containing the fields shown below in Table 55. In addition, table "tblRFXGradeltems" 825 is tied to the table "tblRFXRespMain" 806, which is tied to table "tblRFX" 801, both of which are described above in connection with FIG. 29, in order to associate the vendor grade 855 to the vendor bid response and bid request. In addition, the table "tblRFXGradeltems" 825 is tied to the table "tblRFXSelectedBidltems" 802 to associate the vendor grade 855 to the particular bid item selection 235.
TABLE 55
Graded Bid Items Table (tblRFXGradeltems)
Figure imgf000111_0001
The calculated scores 865 for each ofthe vendor grades 855 for each bid item 235 can be stored as shown below in Table 56, which can be stored in the database in table
"RFXItemScore Vendor" 826, as shown in FIG. 35. A separate record for each graded bid item for each vendor bid response is stored in table "tblRFXItemScore Vendor" 826, with each record containing the fields shown in Table 56. In addition, the total score 860 based on all ofthe vendor scores 865 stored in the table "tblRFXItemScore Vendor" 826 can also be stored as shown in Table 57 below, which can be stored in the database in table "tblRFXScore Vendor" 827, as shown in FIG. 35. A separate record for each vendor bid response is stored in table
"tblRFXScore Vendor" 827, with each record containing the fields shown in Table 57.
The table "tblRFXItemScore Vendor" 826 is tied to the table "tblRFXGradeltems" 825 to
associate each score 865 with the pertinent grade 855 for all ofthe graded bid items 236 for a
particular vendor bid response. In addition, the table "tblRFXScore Vendor" 827 is tied to the
table "tblRFXItemScore Vendor" 826 to associate all ofthe scores 865 for all ofthe graded bid
items 236 for a particular vendor bid response with the total score 860 for that particular vendor
bid response. Furthermore, table "tblRFXScore Vendor" 827 is tied to table "tblRFXPost" 803,
which is described above in connection with FIG. 29, to update the table "tblRFXPost" with the vendor score 860.
TABLE 56
Vendor Item Scoring Table (tblRFXItemScoreVendor)
Figure imgf000112_0001
TABLE 57
Vendor Scoring Table (tblRFXScoreVendor)
Figure imgf000113_0001
After a vendor bid response is received and graded, the buyer user may provide the opportunity for a vendor to submit a re-quote on one or more graded bid items to improve the vendor's score. For example, a vendor that the buyer user typically chooses or that has high grades on other graded bid items may have a lower score than another vendor, and the buyer user may want to provide the vendor the opportunity to revise the vendor bid response data for the one or more graded bid items that have low grades.
Exemplary steps for facilitating the re-quote process are shown in FIG. 36. When the grader becomes aware of one or more low grades for a particular vendor on one or more graded bid items, the grader can invite the vendor to re-quote on one or more selected graded bid items (steps 3600 and 3610). The invitation to re-quote (step 3620) may identify only the particular graded bid items that the vendor is allowed to re-quote on to prevent the vendor from re-quoting on any other graded bid items that the grader does not want to re-grade. For example, the re- quote can include a copy ofthe original vendor bid response and enable only those re-quoted bid items to be selected by the vendor user to input new vendor response data. The old vendor
response data can be deleted or stored along with the new response data in the database for reference purposes. In addition, the re-quote invitation can indicate the vendor grade for each re-
quoted bid item, along with the vendor ranking for each re-quoted bid item, and other similar
information, such as the high and low vendor grades for the re-quoted bid item.
If the vendor chooses to not re-quote within a buyer-constrained time frame (step 3630),
the original vendor grading and scoring applies to the vendor bid response (step 3640). However, if the vendor does re-quote on one or more ofthe re-quoted bid items (step 3630), the vendor
user can enter new vendor response data into bid item fields for the selected re-quoted bid items
(step 3650). Upon receipt ofthe re-quote (step 3660), the grader grades the re-quoted bid items
using the new vendor response data and modifies the vendor score accordingly (step 3670).
Exemplary steps for awarding the bid and entering project tracking parameters are shown in FIG. 37. Once all ofthe vendor bid response grading and scoring is completed (step 3700), the
bid can be awarded to one ofthe vendors. If the buyer user has the authority to select the vendor
based on vendor score and other factors (e.g., personal preferences, knowledge of vendor reputation, knowledge of vendor availability, etc.) (step 3705), the buyer user can select the
vendor for the project (step 3710). Otherwise, the vendor with the highest score is awarded the bid (step 3715).
Once the vendor for the project has been selected, the system notifies both the project
administrator (step 3720) and the awarded vendor ofthe bid award (step 3725). Thereafter, the awarded vendor and buyer enter into negotiations to finalize the terms and conditions ofthe project, as conventionally done (step 3730). If the awarded vendor and buyer cannot agree on the terms and conditions ofthe project (step 3735), the buyer can re-open the bid process to select a new vendor based on existing vendor scores, based on new vendor bid responses or both (step 3740). However, if the terms and conditions are agreed to (step 3735), the buyer and awarded vendor can load various project tracking parameters into the system (step 3745), such as the project start date, project end date, anticipated project expenditure (requisition amount), assigned resources, project phasing schedule, project payment release schedule, project deliverables, project materials and project expenses to create a purchase requisition for the project. It should be understood that additional project tracking parameters can be loaded into the system to track the performance ofthe project, and the system is not limited to the project tracking parameters described herein. Once the purchase requisition for the project is approved by the appropriate approval users for the project administrator and the vendor (step 3750), the project can begin.
Screen shots of exemplary web pages 61 for the project administrator and vendor to load project tracking parameters 870 into the system are shown in FIGs. 39A and 39B. For the project administrator, as shown in FIG. 39A, various requisition information can be entered into the system, such as the purchase requisition create date, purchase requisition status (which can be updated automatically by the system), the purchase requisition amount, purchase requisition currency (e.g., U.S. dollars), project start date and project end date. In addition, the project administrator can also enter into the system various project terms and conditions, such as the statement of work, project goods and services deliverables, project contract, project materials,
assigned project resources and billable rates, project expenses, project phasing schedule and
project payment release schedule. Furthermore, the project administrator can assign
administrative users to various administrative user roles that have not already been assigned for
the project. Moreover, other financial project tracking parameters applicable to the project can
also be entered into the system, such as account assignments, ledger codes, cost center codes,
project codes, tax codes and accounting plants.
As shown in FIG. 39B, the vendor can access the buyer-entered data to modify previously
entered project tracking parameters 870 in the system and/or enter new project tracking
parameters 870 into the system as the project administrator. For example, the vendor can enter one or more ofthe project terms and conditions discussed above. The parties can agree on who is
going to enter the project tracking parameters 870, or both parties can enter and/or modify the
project tracking parameters 870, and the system can provide notification to both parties if any
changes are made. It should be understood that other project tracking parameters can be inserted
into the system, and the system is not limited to those project tacking parameters shown in FIGs.
39A and 39B.
For example, as shown in FIGs. 40A and 40B, taxation information 875 can also be
entered into the system as part ofthe project tracking parameters 870. The taxation information
875 can be used by the buyer and vendor to ensure that all taxation authorities and applicable taxation amounts are accounted for in the project for financial administration and tax liability purposes. As shown in FIGs. 40A and 40B, when a requisition item line number is created for an activity, e.g., a material used by the vendor during the course ofthe project, the buyer and vendor can designate within the system all pertinent transactional information that would be necessary to properly assess taxation. For example, as shown in FIG. 40 A, as part ofthe material requisition entry, the buyer and vendor can originate or update the taxation information 875 by entering location information related to the buyer location, origination location, shipping address, physical delivery address, vendor location, etc., all of which may indicate an applicable taxation authority. In addition, if the buyer is tax exempt, the buyer can designate a tax exempt reason. Both the buyer and the vendor can further originate or update the taxation information 875 by entering the applicable taxation authorities and the taxation percentage rates. As shown in FIG. 40B, when a purchase order for a particular activity is submitted for payment, the system can access the taxation percentage rates previously entered by the buyer and vendor for the particular activity and calculate the taxation amount for the purchase order. The taxation information 875, including the taxation authorities, percentage rates, amounts, and other taxation-related transactional information, are stored in the database and made available to authorized users.
An exemplary process for entering and processing taxation information is shown in FIG. 40C. When a purchase requisition is created by the buyer/administrator that specifies all elements of an activity ofthe project (project tracking parameters), including human labor, expenses, materials, deliverables, unit work and other miscellaneous expenses, the location of where the goods/services will be delivered or performed (step 4000) and taxation information, the system can make the purchase requisition, including the taxation information, available to the applicable vendor to review (step 4005). At that time, the vendor can also enter any pertinent taxation information into the system and approve the purchase requisition (steps 4010 and 4015). The complete purchase requisition, including both vendor-approved buyer taxation information and vendor taxation information is provided to the buyer for final approval (steps 4020 and 4025).
Upon approval by the buyer, the vendor purchase order is created and issued to the vendor (step 4030) to begin working on the project (step 4035). During the commencement of the project, one or more purchase order designated goods or services are performed by the vendor (step 4040). If the good/service is related to biUable time expenses of a contractor, the contractor completes his or her time card (step 4045), as will be described in more detail hereinbelow in connection with FIGs. 42-47. For all other goods/services, the vendor enters other voucher information (step 4050), as will be described in more detail hereinbelow in connection with FIGs. 48-50. Thereafter, the voucher is routed to the designated buyer user for review (step 4055). Upon approval ofthe voucher by the buyer, the system administrator can create a billing file that imports any applicable taxation amount calculated using the previously entered taxation percentage rates, where applicable, and submits an invoice to buyer for payment thereof (step 4060). Thereafter, the buyer pays the administrator (step 4065) and the administrator pays the vendor (step 4070). The administrator maintains financial transactional data in the billing file related to the payment ofthe voucher and grants access to the financial transaction data to authorizes buyer or vendor personnel (step 4075), and can optionally upload the financial transaction data to the top-level database for subsequent processing (step 4080), as will be described in more detail hereinbelow in connection with FIG. 59.
As another example of project tracking parameters that can be entered into the system, during the final negotiation, the buyer may request the vendor to submit resumes of resource candidates (actual contractors) for the buyer to approve to ensure that the resource profile positions included in the vendor bid response are filled by actual candidates having the resource profiles. Exemplary data structures for the submission of resource candidates and the review of resource candidates are shown in Tables 58 and 59 below. Table 58 below illustrates sample resource candidate information that can be submitted for each resource candidate selected by the vendor for a resource profile position in the project. For example, the resource candidate information can include the bid tracking number ofthe particular bid (bid request and bid response) associated with the resource candidate, the identity ofthe resource profile for the resource candidate, personal resource candidate information, vendor information, the resume ofthe resource candidate and the status ofthe resource candidate submittal. Table 59 illustrates various resource submittal status information that can be included in Table 58. However, it should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Table 58. TABLE 58
Exemplary Resource Submittal Table (db structure view)
Figure imgf000120_0001
TABLE 59
Exemplary Resource Submittal Status Table (data view)
Figure imgf000121_0001
Exemplary steps for approving resource candidates are shown in FIG. 38. For each resource profile included in the vendor bid response, the vendor submits a resume of a potential resource candidate for the resource profile position (step 3800). The buyer reviews all ofthe resumes and assigns qualified resource candidates to the resource profile positions (step 3810). If one or more ofthe resource candidates is not acceptable (e.g., the resume does not indicate that the resource candidate has the requisite skills for the resource profile) (step 3820), and there are no other acceptable candidates for the resource profile position (step 3830), the buyer can re-open the bid process to secure another vendor for the project that can provide the necessary resources (step 3840). However, if aU resource profile positions can be filled by qualified resource candidates, the buyer and/or vendor enters resource information associated
with each ofthe assigned resource candidates (contractors) into the contractor database (step
3850). For example, personal information concerning the contractor, such as the contractor
name, address, telephone numbers and employee number, can be entered into the contractor
database. In addition, specific project-related contractor information, such as the total number of
authorized biUable hours, biUable rate, the total amount and type of expenses authorized and any
agreements or documents that the contractor needs to execute or provide prior to beginning
work, can be entered into the contractor database.
Once the contractor information is entered, the system can authenticate the contractor for
time keeping and system access purposes (step 3860). For example, the system can provide a
user name and password to the contractor for system log-in and authentication purposes. In
addition, the system can require the contractor to execute one or more agreements (e.g., by
acknowledging the terms ofthe agreements on-line) and/or provide one or more documents
before being allowed access to the time keeping system. A screen shot of an exemplary web page 61 displayed to a contractor upon initial log-in
and authentication is shown in FIG. 42. The web page lists several documents that must be
executed before the contractor can begin working on the project. For example, the contractor
may need to sign an Intellectual Property agreement, a Confidentiality agreement, a Code-of- Conduct agreement and an Acknowledgement of Temporary Work agreement. By clicking on
each ofthe listed documents, a web page showing the agreement can be displayed to the contractor and the contractor can click on an acceptance button to execute the agreement. Exemplary database structures for storing contractor information and ensuring that relevant documents are obtained from the contractor or agreed to by the contractor are shown in Tables 60-63 below. Table 60 lists various sample documents that either need to be obtained from the contractor or that the contractor needs to execute at some point during the project. Table 60 also lists the time constraints for obtaining or executing such documents. Table 61 lists the contractor information, such as the identity ofthe contractor, the number of biUable hours authorized, the amount of expenses authorized, the execution date of various documents and the contractor type. Table 62 lists the particular document and identifies whether the contractor has executed or provided that document and the date of such execution or provision. It should be understood that a separate record for each document is stored having the format of Table 62. Table 63 illustrates various exemplary information identifying the type of contractors, such as the number of days the contractor has and has not worked for the buyer. However, it should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Tables 60-63.
TABLE 60
Exemplary Contractor Documents Table
Figure imgf000124_0001
TABLE 61
Exemplary Contractor Table
Figure imgf000125_0001
TABLE 62
Exemplary Contractor Execution Dates Table
Figure imgf000126_0001
TABLE 63
Exemplary ContractorTypes Table (db structure view)
Figure imgf000126_0002
Examples ofthe data structures used for storing the project tracking parameters are shown
in Tables 64-79 hereinbelow. The data structures are illustrated for simplicity as being organized
in a table format, with each table including all ofthe fields necessary for tracking the performance
ofthe project. The tables are related in a hierarchical and relational manner, as will be discussed in connection with FIG. 41.
Table 64 below illustrates sample general purchase requisition information, which can be stored in the database in table "tblPurchaseReq" 1000, as shown in FIG. 41. For example, such general purchase information can include the identity assigned to the purchase requisition by the system, the buyer and the vendor, the requisition create date, the requisition amount, the bid tracking number for the bid (bid request and bid response) associated with the purchase requisition, the project start and end dates, along with any other pertinent purchase requisition information. However, it should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Table 64. Referring now to the database table structure 1150 in FIG. 41, table "tblPurchaseReq" 1000 is shown tied to table "tblPurchaseReqContractors" 1012 and table "tblluContractorTypes" 1013, which include information in the data structure format corresponding to Tables 61 and 63 above, respectively, to associate the assigned contractors to the purchase requisition.
TABLE 64 tblPurchaseReq
Figure imgf000128_0001
Tables 65-70 below illustrate sample specific purchase requisition information associated
with tax codes, account plants, cost centers, project codes, account assignment and other similar
buyer specific purchase requisition information, all of which can be stored in the database in
respective tables "tblPurchaseReqTaxCode" 1001, "tblPurchaseReqAcctPlant" 1002,
"tblPuchaseReqAcctCostCenter" 1003, "tblPurchaseReqProjectCodes" 1004,
"tblPurchaseReqAcctGL" 1005 and "tblPurchaseReqAcct Assignment" 1006, as shown in FIG.
41. However, it should be understood that additional tables and information related to the purchase requisition can be included, depending on the purchase requisition requirements. Tables
"tblPurchaseReqTaxCode" 1001, "tblPurchaseReqAcctPlant" 1002,
"tblPuchaseReqAcctCostCenter" 1003, "tblPurchase-ReqProjectCodes" 1004,
"tblPurchaseReqAcctGL" 1005 and "tblPurchaseReqAcct Assignment" 1006 are tied to the table
"tblPurchaseReq" 1000 to associate the specific purchase requisition information with the general
purchase requisition information.
TABLE 65
tblPurchaseReqTaxCodes
Figure imgf000129_0001
TABLE 66
tblPurchaseReqAcctPlant
Figure imgf000129_0002
TABLE 67
tblPurchaseReqAcctCostCenter
Figure imgf000130_0001
TABLE 68 tblPurchaseReqProj ectCodes
Figure imgf000130_0002
TABLE 69 tblPurchaseReqAcctGL
Figure imgf000131_0001
TABLE 70
tblPurchaseReqAcctAssignment
Figure imgf000131_0002
Tables 71-75 below illustrate sample requisition payment information related to the
purchase requisition. For example, such requisition payment information can include payment
amounts based on project deliverables (e.g., goods and services delivered at the end ofthe project or during phases ofthe project), payment amounts based on time frames, payment amounts based
on the number of units completed, payment amounts based on project materials and payment
amounts based on project expenses. In FIG. 41, the requisition payment information is shown as stored in the database in tables "tblPurchase-ReqPayDeliverable" 1007, "tblPurchaseReqPayTimeSpan" 1008, "tblPurchaseReqPayUnits" 1009, "tblPurchaseReqPayMaterials" 1010 and "tblPurchaseReqPayProjectExpenses" 1011. Each of the tables "tblPurchaseReqPayDeliverable" 1007, "tblPurchaseReqPayTimeSpan" 1008, "tblPurchaseReqPayUnits" 1009, "tblPurchaseReqPayMaterials" 1010 and
"tblPurchaseReqPayProjectExpenses" 1011 are shown tied to table "tblPurchaseReq" to associate the payment information with the general purchase requisition information.
It should be understood that additional tables or information may be included, depending on the purchase requisition requirements. In addition, it should be understood that one or more ofthe payment tables can be included, depending on the project. Furthermore, it should be understood that a separate record for each payment amount is included having the format of one of Tables 71-75 below.
TABLE 71
Exemplary tblPurchaseReqPayDeliverable (db structure view)
Figure imgf000133_0001
TABLE 72
Exemplary tblPurchaseReqPayTimeSpan (db structure view)
Figure imgf000133_0002
TABLE 73
Exemplary tblPurchaseReqPayUnits (db structure view)
Figure imgf000134_0001
TABLE 74
Exemplary tblPurchaseReqPayMaterials (db structure view)
Figure imgf000135_0001
TABLE 75
Exemplary tblPurchaseReqPayProjectExpenses (db structure view)
Figure imgf000135_0002
Tables 77 and 77 below illustrate sample information associated with the pay rates for
contractors assigned to the purchase requisition. For example, the contractor pay rate
information can indicate the type of pay (e.g., hourly, fixed, overtime, etc.) and the pay rate
amount (e.g., biUable rate per hour, biUable rate per overtime hour, biUable amount). The pay rate
information can be stored in the database in tables "tblPurchaseReqPayRates" 1014 and
"tblluContractorPayRateTypes" 1015, which are shown in FIG. 41 tied to table "tblPurchaseReq"
1000 to associate the pay rate information with the purchase requisition. It should be understood that a separate pay rate record for each pay rate type of each contractor can be stored in table
"tblPurchaseReqPayRates" 1014. It should further be understood that additional tables or
information can be included, depending on the purchase requisition requirements.
TABLE 76
tblPurchaseReqPayRates (db structure view)
Figure imgf000136_0001
TABLE 77 tblluContractorPayRateTypes (db structure view)
Figure imgf000137_0001
Tables 78 and 79 below illustrate sample payment information associated with the contractor expenses for contractors assigned to the purchase requisition. For example, the contractor expense information can indicate the type of expense and the maximum amount allocated for the expense. The contractor expense information can be stored in the database in tables "tblPurchaseReqPayContractorExpenses" 1016 and "tblluContractorPayExpenseTypes" 1017, which are shown in FIG. 41 tied to table "tblPurchaseReq" 1000 to associate the contractor expense information with the purchase requisition. It should be understood that a separate contractor expense record for each contractor expense type of each contractor can be stored in table "tblPurchaseReqPayContractorExpenses" 1016. It should further be understood that additional tables or information can be included, depending on the purchase requisition requirements. TABLE 78
tblPurchaseReqPayContractorExpenses (db structure view)
Figure imgf000138_0001
TABLE 79
tblluContractorPayExpenseTypes (db structure view)
Column Name Data Type Length
Contractor Expense Type DD Int 4
Contractor Expense Type varchar 50
POST-BID ACTIVITY
Once the project has begun, the project administrator (or buyer) can monitor the progress ofthe project using a time keeping system, in which contractors enter time into time cards for project work performed. The time cards can be stored to assess project performance for requisition payment information and/or to generate payment vouchers based on time worked, depending on the requisition payment information. For example, if the requisition payment amount was based, at least in part, on an anticipated number of biUable hours of a particular contractor at a particular pay rate, and the contractor completed the project under the anticipated number of biUable hours, the project administrator and vendor may be able to re-negotiate the requisition payment amount that was initially set for payment based on deliverables, time frames or units.
Referring now to FIG. 43, there are illustrated exemplary steps for implementing a time keeping system within the system ofthe present invention. After the contractor has completed all necessary documentation and is authorized to enter the time keeping system, the contractor can enter the time keeping system (step 4300) to input time keeping information (step 4310) associated with the number of hours worked by the contractor into a time card (e.g., a time keeping record for the contractor). The time keeping information can be entered at any time the time keeping system is accessible. For example, the time keeping system can be accessible only at specific times (e.g., the end ofthe week, the beginning of week, etc.) as determined by the project administrator or during times that the time keeping system is not off-line.
Once the contractor has entered the time keeping information into the time card, the time card is provided to the project admimstrator (step 4325) for review and approval (step 4330). If the time card is not approved (step 4340), the contractor and vendor are notified ofthe time card rejection (step 4350) and the contractor is instructed to access the time keeping system to modify the time card (step 4300). For example, if the contractor has not completely filled out the time card, the time keeping information (e.g., number of hours) entered into the time card is out ofthe normal or unreasonable or the project administrator has knowledge that the time keeping information is incorrect, the time card may be rejected. If the time card is approved (step 4340), all applicable records within the system are updated with the time keeping information (step 4360) and any payable vouchers associated with the time keeping information are extracted for invoice processing (step 4370). For example, if requisition payment is based on the number of hours worked within a particular time frame, a payable voucher may need to be generated based on the time keeping information entered by the contractor.
Screen shots of exemplary web pages 61 provided to the contractor through the time keeping system are shown in FIGs. 44 and 45. A sample time keeping system home page is illustrated in FIG. 44. From the home web page, the contractor can create a new time card, recall temporarily saved time cards for completion purposes or view previously submitted time cards. In addition, if the contractor is allowed to enter contractor expenses (depending on the purchase requisition), the contractor can create a new expense voucher, recall a temporarily saved expense voucher for completion or view previously submitted expense vouchers.
To create a new time card (or complete a temporarily saved time card), as shown in FIG. 45, the contractor can enter various time keeping information 1150 into the time card 1100. For example, the contractor can enter the week ending work date, project code for the project and cost center responsible for payment. In addition, the contractor can enter the number of regular
hours worked each day and the number of overtime hours worked each day (at each overtime pay
rate). It should be understood that other time keeping information can also be entered by the
contractor, and the system is not limited to the particular time keeping information shown in FIG. 45.
A screen shot of a sample web page 61 displayed to the project administrator for review of the submitted time card is shown in FIG. 46. In addition to the entered time keeping information,
the project administrator may also be provided with other pertinent purchase requisition
information associated with the time card, such as the current project phase, general ledger code,
tax use code, account assignment code and account plant code. Based on the displayed time keeping information, the project administrator can either reject the time card or approve the time
card. If the project administrator rejects the time card, a pop-up window can be displayed for the
project administrator to provide a reason for time card rejection. It should be understood that
other information can be displayed to the project administrator for time card approval purposes, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in FIG. 46.
Exemplary database structures for storing the time cards and contractor expense vouchers
are shown in Tables 80-83 below. The data structures are illustrated for simplicity as being
organized in a table format, with each table including all ofthe fields necessary for storing time
cards and contractor expense vouchers. The tables are related in a hierarchical and relational manner with other tables stored in the database, as will be discussed in connection with FIG. 47. Table 80 below illustrates sample general time keeping information, which can be stored in the database table structure 1160 in table "tblTimeCard" 1050, as shown in FIG. 47. For example, the time keeping information can include the time card identifier, the associated purchase requisition identifier, the contractor identifier, the vendor identifier, an indication of whether or not the time entered is biUable time for generation of a billing record, the week ending date associated with the time card, the creation date, the review date and an indication of whether or not the time card has been approved. However, it should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Table 80. Table "tblTimeCard" 1050 is shown in FIG. 47 tied to table "tblPurchaseReqContractors" 1012, which is tied to table "tblPurchaseReq" 1000, both of which are discussed above in connection with FIG. 41, to associate the time card with the contractor and the purchase requisition. In addition, various other tables shown in FIG. 41 are illustrated in FIG. 47 to show the interrelation between the various purchase requisition tables and the time card and contractor expense voucher tables.
TABLE 80
Exemplary tblTimeCard (db structure view)
Figure imgf000143_0001
The time card status identifier stored in the table "tblTimeCard" 1050 can be selected from
a table "tblluTimeCardStatus" 1051, which stores time card status types (e.g., temporarily saved,
submitted, approved, rejected, etc.) and their associated time card status identifiers. Table 81 illustrates sample detailed time keeping information, which can be stored in the
database in table "tblTimeCardDetaUs" 1052, as shown in FIG. 47. For example, such detailed
time keeping information can include the number of hours entered as worked on a particular day
for a particular pay rate type, the pay rate associated with the pay rate type and other detailed time keeping information. Table "tblTimeCardDetaUs" 1052 is shown tied to table "tblTimeCard" 1050 to associate the detailed time keeping information with the general time keeping
information. In addition, table "tblTimeCardDetaUs" 1052 is tied to table "tblluDayCode" 1053
to associate the day code stored in table "tblTimeCardDetaUs" 1052 with the particular day. It should be understood that a separate record in the format of Table 81 is stored in table
"tblTimeCardDetaUs" 1052 for each pay rate type on each day for which the contractor enters
time. It should further be understood that other tables and time keeping information can be
included, and the system is not limited to the specific tables and time keeping information shown
in FIG. 47.
TABLE 81
Exemplary tblTimeCardDetaUs (db structure view)
Figure imgf000144_0001
Table 82 below illustrates sample general contractor expense voucher information, which
can be stored in the database in table "tblContractorExpenseVoucher" 1054, as shown in FIG. 47. For example, such general contractor expense voucher information can include the expense
voucher identifier, the associated purchase requisition identifier, the contractor identifier, the
vendor identifier, the week ending date associated with the expense voucher, the creation date,
the review date and an indication of whether or not the expense voucher has been approved.
However, it should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not
limited to the specific information shown in Table 82. Table "tblContractorExpenseVoucher"
1054 is shown tied to table "tblPurchaseReqContractors" 1012, which is tied to table "tblPurchaseReq" 1000, both of which are discussed above in connection with FIG. 41, to
associate the contractor expense voucher with the particular contractor and the purchase
requisition.
TABLE 82
Standard tblContractorExpenseVoucher (db structure view)
Figure imgf000146_0001
Table 83 below illustrates sample detailed contractor expense voucher information, which
can be stored in the database in table "tblContractorExpenseVoucherDetails" 1055, as shown in FIG. 47. For example, such detailed expense voucher information can include the expense
amount of a particular expense type on a particular day and other detailed expense voucher
information. Table "tblContractorExpenseVoucherDetails" 1055 is shown tied to table
"tblContractorExpenseVoucher" 1054 to associate the detailed expense voucher information with
the general expense voucher information. In addition, table
"tblContractorExpenseVoucherDetails" 1055 is tied to table "tblluDayCode" 1053 to associated the day code stored in table "tblContractorExpenseVoucherDetails" 1055 with the particular day.
It should be understood that a separate record in the format of Table 83 is stored in table
"tblContractorExpenseVoucherDetails" 1055 for each type of expense on each day for which the
contractor enters an amount. It should further be understood that other tables and contractor
expense voucher information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific tables and contractor expense voucher information shown in FIG. 47.
TABLE 83
Standard tblContractorExpenseVoucherDetails (db structure view)
Figure imgf000147_0001
Referring now to FIG. 48, there are a number of different types of voucher information
1160 that can be entered into the system and stored in the database 155 for generation of a
payable voucher 1180 to be paid by the buyer or project administrator to the awarded vendor. For example, the voucher information 1160 can include time keeping voucher information 1160a, which includes the time keeping information 1150 (shown in FIG. 45 above) entered by the contractor and requisition payment information as determined by the entered project work tracking parameters 870 (shown in FIGs. 39 and 40 above) pertaining to the time keeping information. The voucher information can also include project expenses voucher information 1160b, project deliverables voucher information 1160c, project materials voucher information 1160d, contractor expensing voucher information 1160e, project unit completion voucher information 1160f and project timed payment release voucher information 1160g. The system can automatically generate payable vouchers 1180 based on voucher information 1160 previously entered in other contexts (e.g., project tracking parameters entry, time keeping entry, contractor expense entry and/or project expense entry), or the vendor or buyer/project administrator can generate payable vouchers 1180 and enter various applicable portions ofthe voucher information 1160 (e.g., unit completion entry or deliverable completion entry) into the payable vouchers 1180. Referring now to FIG. 49, exemplary steps involved in a voucher processing and payment system are illustrated. Initially, various project tracking parameters (e.g., purchase requisition information) are entered into the system (step 4400) and all vendor responsibilities for goods and services, both biUable and non-billable are stored in the database (step 4410). When the vendor provides an authorized good or service (as determined by the entered vendor responsibilities) (step 4420), the vendor accesses the system to record the good or service performed and request payment for the good or service (step 4430). In other embodiments, payment may be automatically requested by the system at certain time intervals. The system generates a voucher
based on the project tracking parameters and other voucher information (e.g., timekeeping information, expenses, materials, etc.) (step 4440) and routes the voucher to the appropriate
buyer user or administrator user for approval ofthe voucher (step 4450).
If the voucher is not approved (step 4460), the vendor is notified and provided the option
of re-submitting the voucher (step 4470). If the voucher is approved (step 4460), the vendor is
notified ofthe approval ofthe voucher (step 4480). If the voucher is a biUable voucher (step
4490), the voucher is processed for electronic invoicing based on prescribed scheduling (using system or buyer constraints) (step 4495). For example, the system can employ a batch process to
collect all payment vouchers for the buyer (for one or more projects) approved during a pre-
designated time period. AU invoices can be generated in a format based on buyer specifications or in a system-defined format. The buyer receives the invoice(s) (step 4498) and releases payment of
the invoice(s) to the vendor(s) via a pre-configured method (e.g., EFI, check, etc.) (step 4499).
Exemplary database structures for storing the voucher information in payable vouchers
and generating a paid voucher record are shown in Tables 84-92 below. The data structures are
illustrated for simplicity as being organized in a table format, with each table including all ofthe fields necessary for storing voucher information. The tables are related in a hierarchical and
relational manner with other tables stored in the database, as will be discussed in connection with
FIG. 50.
Table 84 below illustrates sample general project unit completion voucher information, which can be stored in the database table structure 1170 in table "tblVoucherUnits" 1060, as
shown in FIG. 50. For example, the general project unit completion voucher information can
include the unit voucher identifier, the associated purchase requisition identifier, an indication of
whether all time cards associated with the unit completion have been approved, the vendor
identifier, the week ending date associated with the voucher information, the creation date, the
review date and an indication of whether or not the voucher information has been approved.
Table "tblVoucherUnits" 1060 is shown tied to table "tblPurchaseReq" 1000, which is discussed
above in connection with FIG. 41, to associate the voucher information with the purchase
requisition. In addition, various other tables shown in FIG. 41 are illustrated here in FIG. 50 to show the interrelation between the various purchase requisition tables and the voucher tables. It
should be understood that a separate record in the format of Table 84 is stored in table
"tblVoucherUnits" 1060 for each payable unit voucher.
Furthermore, although not shown, the table "tblContractorExpenseVoucher" 1054, shown
in FIG. 47, is also considered a voucher table for generation of a payable voucher. It should be
understood that other tables and voucher information can be included, and the system is not
limited to the specific tables and voucher information shown in FIG. 50.
TABLE 84
tblVoucherUnits (db structure view)
Figure imgf000151_0001
Table 85 below illustrates sample detailed project unit completion voucher information,
which can be stored in the database in table "tblVoucherUmtsDetails" 1061, as shown in FIG. 50.
For example, such detailed project unit completion voucher information can include a description
ofthe unit completion, the number of units authorized, the cost per unit, the number of units
completed and other detailed project unit completion voucher information. Table
"tblVoucherUmtsDetails" 1061 is shown tied to table "tblVoucherUnits" 1060 to associate the
detailed project unit completion voucher information with the general project unit completion
voucher information. In addition, table "tblVoucherUmtsDetails" 1061 is tied to table
"tblPurchaseReqPayUnits" 1009 to associated the requisition unit payment information with the project unit completion voucher information.
It should be understood that a separate record in the format of Table 85 is stored in table "tblVoucherUmtsDetails" 1061 for each payable unit voucher. It should further be understood
that other tables and project unit completion voucher information can be included, and the system
is not limited to the specific tables and project unit completion voucher information shown in FIG. 50.
TABLE 85
tblVoucherUmtsDetails (db structure view)
Figure imgf000152_0001
Table 86 below illustrates sample general time completion voucher information, which can
be stored in the database in table "tblVoucherTimePayment" 1062, as shown in FIG. 50. For example, the general time completion voucher information can include the time voucher identifier,
the associated purchase requisition identifier, an indication of whether all time cards associated
with the time completion have been approved, the vendor identifier, the week ending date
associated with the voucher information, the creation date, the review date and an indication of
whether or not the voucher information has been approved. Table "tblVoucherTimePayment"
1062 is shown tied to table "tblPurchaseReq" 1000, which is discussed above in connection with
FIG. 41, to associate the voucher information with the purchase requisition. It should be
understood that a separate record in the format of Table 86 is stored in table
"tblVoucherTimePayment" 1062 for each payable time voucher.
TABLE 86
tblVoucherTimePayment (db structure view)
Figure imgf000153_0001
Table 87 below illustrates sample detailed time completion voucher information, which can be stored in the database in table "tblVoucherTimePaymentDetaUs" 1063, as shown in FIG.
50. For example, such detailed time completion voucher information can include the work start
date, payment release date, payment amount and other detailed time completion voucher
information. Table "tblVoucherTimeCompletionDetails" 1063 is shown tied to table "tblVoucherTimePayment" 1062 to associate the detailed time completion voucher information
with the general time completion voucher information. In addition, table
"tblVoucherTimePaymentDetaUs" 1063 is tied to table "tblPurchaseReqPayTimeSpan" 1008 to
associated the requisition time payment information with the time completion voucher
information.
It should be understood that a separate record in the format of Table 87 is stored in table
"tblVoucherTimePaymentDetails" 1063 for each payable unit voucher. It should further be
understood that other tables and time completion voucher information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific tables and time completion voucher information shown in
FIG. 50.
TABLE 87
tblVoucherTimePaymentDetaUs (db structure view)
Figure imgf000155_0001
Table 88 below illustrates sample general project expense voucher information, which can be stored in the database in table "tblVoucherProjectExpense" 1064, as shown in FIG. 50. For
example, the general project expense voucher information can include the project expense
voucher identifier, the associated purchase requisition identifier, an indication of whether all time
cards associated with the project expense (if any) have been approved, the vendor identifier, the week ending date associated with the voucher information, the creation date, the review date and
an indication of whether or not the voucher information has been approved. Table
"tblVoucherProjectExpense" 1064 is shown tied to table "tblPurchaseReq" 1000, which is discussed above in connection with FIG. 41, to associate the voucher information with the
purchase requisition. It should be understood that a separate record in the format of Table 88 is stored in table "tblVoucherProjectExpense" 1064 for each payable project expense voucher.
TABLE 88 tblVoucherProjectExpense (db structure view)
Figure imgf000156_0001
Table 89 below illustrates sample detailed project expense voucher information, which can be stored in the database in table "tblVoucherProjectExpenseDetaUs" 1065, as shown in FIG. 50. For example, such detailed project expense voucher information can include the date the expense was incurred, a description ofthe project expense, the amount ofthe project expense and other detailed project expense voucher information. Table "tblVoucherProjectExpenseDetaUs" 1065 is shown tied to table "tblVoucherProjectExpense" 1064 to associate the detailed project expense voucher information with the general project expense voucher information. In addition, table "tblVoucherProjectExpenseDetaUs" 1065 is tied to table "tblPurchaseReqPayProjectExpense"
1011 to associated the requisition project expense payment information with the project expense
voucher information.
It should be understood that a separate record in the format of Table 89 is stored in table
"tblVoucherProjectExpenseDetaUs" 1065 for each payable project expense voucher. It should further be understood that other tables and project expense voucher information can be included,
and the system is not limited to the specific tables and project expense voucher information shown
in FIG. 50.
TABLE 89
tblVoucherProjectExpenseDetaUs (db structure view)
Figure imgf000157_0001
Table 90 below illustrates sample general material voucher information, which can be stored in the database in table "tblVoucherMaterials" 1066, as shown in FIG. 50. For example,
the general material voucher information can include the material voucher identifier, the
associated purchase requisition identifier, an indication of whether all time cards associated with
the material (if any) have been approved, the vendor identifier, the week ending date associated
with the voucher information, the creation date, the review date and an indication of whether or
not the voucher information has been approved. Table "tblVoucherMaterials" 1066 is shown tied to table "tblPurchaseReq" 1000, which is discussed above in connection with FIG. 41, to
associate the voucher information with the purchase requisition. It should be understood that a
separate record in the format of Table 90 is stored in table "tblVoucherMaterial" 1066 for each
payable material voucher.
TABLE 90
tblVoucherMaterials (db structure view)
Figure imgf000158_0001
Table 91 below illustrates sample detailed material voucher information, which can be stored in the database in table "tblVoucherMaterialsDetails" 1067, as shown in FIG. 50. For
example, such detailed material voucher information can include the date the material expense was
incurred, the name ofthe material, a description ofthe material, the number of units of material purchased, the cost per unit of material and other detailed project expense voucher information.
Table "tblVoucherMaterialsDetails" 1067 is shown tied to table "tblVoucherMaterials" 1066 to
associate the detailed material voucher information with the general material voucher information.
In addition, table "tblVoucherMaterialsDetails" 1067 is tied to table "tblPurchaseReqPayMaterials" 1010 to associated the requisition material payment information with the material voucher information.
It should be understood that a separate record in the format of Table 91 is stored in table "tblVoucherMaterialsDetails" 1067 for each payable material voucher. It should further be
understood that other tables and material voucher information can be included, and the system is
not limited to the specific tables and material voucher information shown in FIG. 50.
TABLE 91 tblVoucherMaterialsDetails (db structure view)
Figure imgf000160_0001
Table 92 below illustrates sample general deliverables voucher information, which can be stored in the database in table "tblVoucherDeliverables" 1068, as shown in FIG. 50. For example, the general deliverables voucher information can include the deliverables voucher identifier, the associated purchase requisition identifier, an indication of whether all time cards associated with the deliverable (if any) have been approved, the vendor identifier, the week ending date associated with the voucher information, the creation date, the review date and an indication of whether or not the voucher information has been approved. Table "tblVoucherDeliverables" 1068 is shown tied to table "tblPurchaseReq" 1000, which is discussed above in connection with FIG. 41, to associate the voucher information with the purchase requisition. It should be understood that a separate record in the format of Table 92 is stored in table "tblVoucherDeliverables" 1068 for
each payable deliverables voucher. However, it should be understood that other information can
be included, and the system is not limited to the specific information shown in Table 92.
TABLE 92
tblVoucherDeliverables (db structure view)
Figure imgf000161_0001
Table 93 below illustrates sample detailed deliverables voucher information, which can be stored in the database in table "tblVoucherDeliverablesDetaUs" 1069, as shown in FIG. 50. For
example, such detailed deliverables voucher information can include a description ofthe
deliverable, the anticipated completion date ofthe deliverable, the actual completion date ofthe deliverable, the payment amount requested and other detailed deliverables voucher information. Table "tblVoucherDeliverablesDetaUs" 1069 is shown tied to table "tblVoucherDeliverables" 1068 to associate the detailed deliverables voucher information with the general deliverables
voucher information. In addition, table "tblVoucherDeliverablesDetaUs" 1069 is tied to table
"tblPurchase-ReqPayDeliverables" 1007 to associated the requisition deliverables payment information with the deliverables voucher information.
It should be understood that a separate record in the format of Table 93 is stored in table
"tblVoucherDeliverablesDetaUs" 1069 for each payable deliverables voucher. It should further be
understood that other tables and deliverables voucher information can be included, and the system is not limited to the specific tables and deliverables voucher information shown in FIG. 50.
TABLE 93
tblVoucherDeliverableExpenseDetails (db structure view)
Figure imgf000162_0001
Table 94 below illustrates sample paid voucher information, which can be stored in the
database as table "tblPaidVoucherRecords" 1070, as shown in FIG. 50. For example, such paid
voucher information can include the invoice number, purchase requisition identities assigned by
the buyer and vendor, the voucher approval date, the name ofthe approver, the type of voucher
(e.g., time card, contractor expense, project expense, deliverable, time completion or unit
completion) and associated voucher identifier, the invoice amount, the payment date and other
paid voucher information.
Table "tblPaidVoucherRecords" 1070 is shown tied to table "tblPurchaseReq" 1000, which is discussed above in connection with FIG. 41, to associate the paid voucher information
with the purchase requisition. It should be understood that a separate record in the format of
Table 94 is stored in table "tblPaidVoucherRecords" 1070 for each paid voucher. However, it should be understood that other information can be included, and the system is not limited to the
specific information shown in Table 94.
TABLE 94
Exemplary tblPaidVoucherRecords (db structure view)
Figure imgf000164_0001
Refening now to FIG. 51, there is illustrated a screen shot of an exemplary web page 61 showing the financial status ofthe project. This web page may be accessible in one or more formats to the buyer, vendor and/or administrator, depending upon system constraints. As can be seen in FIG. 51, the different types of payment vouchers, and the estimated amount for each of the payment vouchers can be displayed. In addition, the actual amount expended for each ofthe payment voucher types and the estimated additional funds to be expended for each ofthe payment voucher types can also be tracked. In this way, the buyer, vendor and/or administrator can maintain a working knowledge ofthe project performance from a financial perspective. However, it should be understood that other financial information can be displayed instead of or in addition to the specific financial information shown in FIG. 51. Furthermore, it should be understood that other project related information (in lieu of or in addition to financial information) can be displayed depending on the buyer, vendor, administrator and/or system configuration, as discussed in more detail hereinbelow.
ANALYSIS AND REPORTING OF TRANSACTIONAL DATA
During the pre-bid, bid and post-bid activities described above, various transactional data related to the bid/project process are obtained from the buyer, vendor and other parties (e.g., administrator) involved in the process. As shown in FIG. 58, the transactional data 1195 may include one or more components: bid data 212, project tracking parameters 870, voucher information 1160 and project performance data 1190. Each ofthe components ofthe transactional data 1195 is obtained during separate stages ofthe bid/project process. Other components can also be included in the transactional data 1195, such as vendor qualification information, buyer-defined vendor criteria information, commodity information and other pre-bid and project-related data. In sum, the transactional data 1195 can include any data stored within the database system 150.
For example, referring now to FIG. 52, there is illustrated a signaling diagram showing the information exchange between the buyer 50, the vendor 10 and the PBMS (hereinafter the "system") 30. As discussed above, initially, a buyer 50 transmits a bid request via the system 30 to the vendor 10 (step 4500). The bid request contains data fields having bid request data entered therein by the buyer 50 and data fields for the vendor 10 to enter bid response data. When the vendor 10 has entered the bid response data into the appropriate data fields, a bid response including the bid response data is transmitted back to the buyer 50 via the system 30 (step 4510). Together, the bid request data and bid response data form the bid data 212 ofthe completed bid. The bid data 212 is stored in the system database in records associated with the bid, as described above.
Once the buyer 50 has awarded the bid to a particular vendor 10, both the buyer 50 and vendor 10 can enter project tracking parameters 870 (e.g., purchase requisition information, taxation information, etc.) into the system 30 (step 4520) for storage in the database, along with the bid data 212. The project tracking parameters 870 can include some or all ofthe contract terms and conditions, including vendor responsibilities for goods and services, both biUable and non-biUable. When the vendor 10 provides an authorized good or service (as determined by the entered project tracking parameters 870), the vendor 10 can access the system to submit a voucher to request payment, or buyer acknowledgment of completion in the event that the activity is non-biUable, for the good provided or service performed (step 4530). Upon approval ofthe voucher and subsequent invoicing for the same, the buyer releases payment to the vendor via a pre-configured method (step 4540). The information entered by the buyer 50 and vendor 10 during the voucher submittal and payment process is stored as voucher information 1160 in the database. During the performance ofthe project, various project performance data 1190 can be entered into the system 30, or generated automatically by both the vendor 10 and the buyer 50 (step 4550), as will be described in more detail hereinbelow with respect to FIGs. 53-57. For example, the project performance data 1190 can include various status information, such as timing information (e.g., an indication ofthe timeliness ofthe vendor on completion of one or more phases or components ofthe project), or cost information (e.g., the actual cost of one or more components ofthe project as compared with the respective projected (requisition) costs). The project performance data 1190 can also include project-specific information, such as the importance ofthe project or the impact ofthe project on other aspects ofthe company, or other customer-specific information. The bid data 212, project tracking parameters 870, voucher information 1160 and project performance data 1190 are all stored in the system database as transactional data related to the bid
and project. With access to all of this transactional data, the system 30 can perform virtually any
type of analysis desired and generate reports based on the analysis. Thus, the system 30 is
operable to receive requests for certain types of analytical data from the buyer, vendor or another
user with access to the analytical data (step 4560). In accordance with the request, the system 30
performs an analysis ofthe transactional data to generate the analytical data (step 4570) and provides the analytical data to the requestor (e.g., buyer 50, vendor 10 or other user) (step 4580)
in a reporting view.
For example, a buyer 50 can request reports containing analytical data related to a specific
project, multiple projects or multiple vendors 10. The analytical data can be directed to financial
information (e.g., invoice details, spending (past, present and future) and other types of financial
analysis), project information (e.g., project performance, future project activity and project planning), vendor information (e.g., vendor financial information, vendor operational information
and supply chain information) and any other type of information desired. In addition, a buyer 50
can request reports containing industry analytical data related to multiple projects commissioned
by multiple buyers 50. The industry analytical data can be directed to financial information (e.g.,
the percentage of total cost spent on various aspects of a project type or the percentage amount spent industry-wide on various types of projects), vendor information (e.g., the on-time
percentage ofthe vendor in the industry or the cost percentage over/under budget ofthe vendor
in the industry), and any other type of industry information as desired. Similar analytical data can be provided to a vendor 10 or other authorized user. For example, a vendor 10 or administrator
can request reports containing analytical data related to a specific project or multiple projects that
the vendor 10 is involved in conducting.
Turning now to FIG. 53, there is illustrated exemplary functionality for entering project
performance data 1190. A project performance tool 121 and comparison tool 123 are illustrated in FIG. 53 for the entering ofthe project performance data, in accordance with embodiments of
the present invention. The project performance tool 121 and comparison tool 123 can include any
hardware, software and/or firmware required to perform the functions ofthe tools, and can be implemented within the server 120 or an additional server (not shown). For example, the project
performance tool 121 and comparison tool 123 can be resident in software modules 128 within
the server 120, as shown in FIG. 3B.
In one embodiment, the project performance data 1190 can be entered directly into the
database 155 by a buyer, vendor or administrator through the project performance tool 180. The
buyer, vendor or administrator can access the server 120 ofthe computer system 100 via the
buyer browser 20a, vendor browser 20b or administrative browser 20c, respectively, and the data network 40. The buyer module 110, vendor module 115 or administrative module 135 interfaces
with the project performance tool 121 to push web pages to the buyer browser 20a, vendor
browser 20b or administrative browser 20c, respectively, soliciting the project performance data.
The project performance tool 121 accesses the database 155 to populate project performance data
fields associated with a particular project with the project performance data entered by the buyer, vendor and/or administrator. For example, the project performance data can include comments by the buyer, vendor and/or administrator on the status or personal project satisfaction thus far.
Upon receiving project performance data 1190 from either the buyer, vendor or administrator, the project performance tool 121 can further be configured to automatically generate a message (e.g., e-mail message) to the other parties informing them ofthe new project performance data 1190, thereby enabling the other parties to enter additional project performance data 1190 clarifying, responding or providing data unrelated to the previously entered project performance data 1190.
In other embodiments, the comparison tool 123 can automatically enter the project performance data 1190 into the database 155 based on a comparison of project tracking parameters 870 and voucher information 1160 associated with a particular project. The comparison tool retrieves requisite project tracking parameters 870 and voucher information 1160 from the database 155, performs a comparison or analysis ofthe retrieved project tracking parameters 870 and voucher information 1160, and based on the results ofthe comparison or analysis, enters any necessary project performance data 1190 into data fields associated with the project within the database 155.
As an example, the comparison tool 123 can be configured to monitor the database 155 for new voucher information 1160 entries or otherwise be triggered upon the entry of new voucher information 1160 to compare the entered voucher information 1160 with the previously stored project tracking parameters 870 for the project. The voucher information 1160 can contain cost, timing or other information with which to compare to the project tracking parameters 870. The results ofthe comparison can be stored as project performance data 1190 in the database 155. For example, the voucher information 1160 could indicate an invoice amount paid by the buyer 50 on a project, and the comparison tool 123 can compare the invoice amount with the requisition amount to determine if a discrepancy exists. In this case, the project performance data 1190 could include an indication ofthe cost status, such as under-budget, over- budget or in-budget, and the amount over or under budget, if any.
As another example, the comparison tool 123 can be configured to search the database 155 for particular project tracking parameters 870, and enter the status ofthe project tracking parameters 870 as project performance data 1190. For example, the comparison tool 123 can search the database 155 for expired target completion dates on projects, and enter the number of days each ofthe projects are past due as project performance data 1190 related to those projects. The comparison tool 123 can further search for voucher information 1160 related to those past due projects and enter the status ofthe projects based on the voucher information 1160. For example, if the vendor has submitted a voucher for payment, but the buyer has not yet made the payment, the status could indicate "voucher submitted, awaiting payment."
Exemplary processes for entering project performance data 1190 from various system perspectives are shown in FIGs. 54-56. FIG. 54 illustrates exemplary steps for a user, such as a buyer, vendor or administrator, to enter project performance data into the system. Upon receiving the project performance data from a user associated with a project (step 4600), the system stores the project performance data in data fields associated with the project for later use and retrieval (step 4610). If the parties (buyer, vendor and administrator) involved in the project have established conditions for allowing disclosure of some or all project performance data between the parties, the system generates a message to the other parties informing them ofthe received project performance data in accordance with the conditions set by the parties (step 4620). In response to the message, the other parties may choose to enter additional project performance data clarifying, responding or providing data unrelated to the previously entered project performance data. If additional project performance data is received (step 4630), the system stores the additional project performance data in data fields associated with the project, along with the previously entered project performance data, within the database (step 4640). FIG. 55 illustrates exemplary steps for automatically entering project performance data into the system based on the previously stored project tracking parameters and the voucher information. After the system receives both project tracking parameters (step 4700) and voucher information (step 4710) for a particular project, the system can compare the project tracking parameters with the voucher information (step 4720) to determine the status ofthe project (step 4730). The project status can be entered into the system and stored as project performance data related to the project (step 4740). For example, the voucher information can indicate the actual project completion date on a project, and the system can compare the actual project completion date with the target project completion date to determine if a discrepancy exists. In this case, the project performance data could include an indication ofthe status, such as complete on-time, complete past-due or complete early, along with the number of days past-due or early.
FIG. 56 illustrates exemplary steps for automatically entering project performance data into the system based on the status of previously stored project tracking parameters. After the system receives project tracking parameters for a particular project (step 4750), such as a target completion date, the system can search the database for expired target completion dates on projects (step 4760). If expired completion dates are found (step 4770), the system can determine the status ofthe project (step 4780), based on any voucher information that has been received, and enter the status ofthe project into the system as project performance data (step 4790).
Exemplary database structures for storing the project performance data 1190 are shown in Tables 95-112 below. The data structures are illustrated for simplicity as being organized in a table format, with each table including all ofthe fields necessary for storing project performance data 1190. The tables are related in a hierarchical and relational manner with other tables stored in the database, as will be discussed in connection with FIG. 57.
Tables 95 and 96 below illustrate sample deliverable project performance data, which can be stored in the database table structure 1185 in table "tblDeliverableTrackPerformance" 1080 and table "lkpDeliverableStatus" 1081, as shown in FIG. 57. The deliverable project performance data can include the deliverable status as determined from the table "lkpDeliverableStatus" 1081. For example, the deliverable status can be "incomplete - current," "incomplete - past due," "partial complete - current," "partial complete - past due," "complete - on-time," complete - past due" or "complete - early." The identifier associated with the status can be stored in the table "tblDeliverableTrackPerformance," along with the identifier associated with the deliverable
project tracking parameters stored in the table "tblPurchaseReqPayDeliverables" 1007, the
current status (e.g., the number of days late or early), and any user notes.
For example, if the buyer, vendor or other user has entered any comments related to the
status ofthe deliverables, these comments can be stored in table
"tblDeliverableTrackPerformance" 1080. The identity ofthe user that entered the comments,
along with the date the comments were entered can also be stored in addition to the comments. If the system is configured to inform the vendor when the buyer enters comments, the status ofthe
vendor response (e.g., not yet responded, no response, response) can also be stored.
Tables "tblDeliverableTrackPerformance" 1080 and "lkpDeliverableStatus" 1081 are shown tied to table "tblPurchaseReqPayDeliverable" 1007, which in turn is tied to table "tblPurchaseReq" 1000, which are discussed above in connection with FIG. 41, to associate the
project performance data with the voucher information and the project tracking parameters (e.g.,
purchase requisition). In addition, various other tables shown in FIG. 41 are illustrated here in
FIG. 57 to show the interrelation between the various project performance tables, voucher tables
and purchase requisition tables. It should be understood that a separate record in the format of
Table 95 is stored in table "tblDeliverableTrackPerformance" 1080 for each deliverable. It should
be understood that other tables and project performance data can be included, and the system is
not limited to the specific tables and project performance data shown in FIG. 57. TABLE 95
Exemplary tblDeliverableTrackPerformance
Figure imgf000175_0001
TABLE 96
Exemplary lkpDeliverableStatus
Figure imgf000175_0002
Tables 97 and 98 below illustrates sample phase project performance data, which can be
stored in the database table structure 1185 in table "tblPhaseTrackPerformance" 1082 and table
"IkpPhaseStatus" 1083, as shown in FIG. 57. The phase project performance data can include the
phase status as determined from the table "IkpPhaseStatus" 1082. For example, the phase status
can be "open - current," "open - out of date," "open - future date," "closed - on-time," "closed - out of date," or "closed - early." The identifier associated with the status can be stored in the
table "tblPhaseTrackPerformance," along with the identifier associated with the phase project
tracking parameters stored in the table "tblPurchaseReqPhasing" 1018, which can be a table
similar to the tables shown in FIG. 41, the current status (e.g., the number of days late or early), and any user notes.
For example, if the buyer, vendor or other user has entered any comments related to the
status ofthe phasing, these comments can be stored in table "tblPhaseTrackPerformance" 1083. The identity ofthe user that entered the comments, along with the date the comments were entered can also be stored in addition to the comments. If the system is configured to inform the
vendor when the buyer enters comments, the status ofthe vendor response (e.g., not yet
responded, no response, response) can also be stored.
TABLE 97
Exemplary tblPhaseTrackPerformance
Figure imgf000176_0001
TABLE 98
Exemplary IkpPhaseStatus
Figure imgf000177_0001
Tables 99 and 100 below illustrates sample units project performance data, which can be
stored in the database table structure 1185 in table "tblUnitsTrackPerformance" 1084 and table
"lkpUnitStatus" 1085, as shown in FIG. 57. The units project performance data can include the
units status as determined from the table "lkpUnitsStatus" 1085. For example, the units status
can be "Incomplete-Current," "Incomplete-PastDue," "Complete-On-Time," "Complete- PastDue" or "Complete-Early." The identifier associated with the status can be stored in the table
"tblUnitTrackPerformance," along with the identifier associated with the unit project tracking
parameters stored in the table "tblPurchaseReqPayUnits" 1009, the cmrent status (e.g., the
number of days late or early), and any user notes.
For example, if the buyer, vendor or other user has entered any comments related to the
status of the units, these comments can be stored in table "tblUnitsTrackPerformance" 1084. The
identity ofthe user that entered the comments, along with the date the comments were entered
can also be stored in addition to the comments. If the system is configured to inform the vendor when the buyer enters comments, the status ofthe vendor response (e.g., not yet responded, no
response, response) can also be stored.
TABLE 99
Exemplary tblUnitsTrackPerformance
Figure imgf000178_0001
TABLE 100
Exemplary lkpUnitsStatus
Figure imgf000178_0002
Tables 101 and 102 below illustrates sample cost project performance data, which can be
stored in the database table structure 1185 in table "tblCostTrackPerformance" 1086 and table "IkpCostStatus" 1087, as shown in FIG. 57. The cost project performance data can be related to any paid voucher for any type of voucher, including materials vouchers, expenses vouchers, deliverables vouchers, phasing vouchers, units vouchers and time payment vouchers. The cost project performance data is represented by the cost status as determined from the table "IkpCostStatus" 1087. For example, the cost status can be "over-budget," "under-budget" or "in- budget." The identifier associated with the status can be stored in the table "tblCostTrackPerformance," along with the identifier associated with the voucher information stored in the table "tblPaidVoucherRecords" 1070, the current status (e.g., the amount over or under budget), and any user notes. For example, if the buyer, vendor or other user has entered any comments related to the status ofthe cost, these comments can be stored in table "tblCostTrackPerformance" 1086. The identity ofthe user that entered the comments, along with the date the comments were entered can also be stored in addition to the comments. If the system is configured to inform the vendor when the buyer enters comments, the status ofthe vendor response (e.g., not yet responded, no response, response) can also be stored.
TABLE 101
Exemplary tblCostTrackPerformance
Figure imgf000180_0001
TABLE 102
Exemplary IkpCostStatus
Figure imgf000180_0002
Other tables are shown in FIG. 57 that contain additional data related to the project and/or
vendor or buyer that can serve to further identify the type of project and other project variables
that have not been explicitly discussed previously. The additional data can also be included in the
transactional data utilized for analysis and reporting purposes. For example, Table 103 below
illustrates the impact ofthe project on other aspects ofthe buyer, which can be stored in the
database table structure 1185 in table "IkpProjectlmpactCode" 1072, Table 104 below illustrates the deliverable importance, which can be stored in the database table structure 1185 in table
"lkpDeliverablelmportance," and Table 105 below illustrates the ownership status ofthe project,
which can be stored in the database table structure 1185 in table "IkpPMOwndership Status" 1073,
as shown in FIG. 57.
Other information related to the vendor and the buyer can be stored in additional tables.
For example, Table 106 below illustrates master vendor data, which can be stored in the database
table structure 1185 in table "lkpVendorMaster" 1090, and Table 107 below illustrates master
buyer data, which can be stored in the database table structure 1185 in table "lkpBuyerMaster"
1095, as shown in FIG. 57. In addition, Tables 108 and 109 below illustrate vendor tier information indicating the tier group that the buyer has assigned to the vendor (e.g., Tier 1 vendors are the vendors that are typically used first or most often) , which can be stored in the
database table structure 1185 in tables "lkpVendorTier" 1091 and "tblVendorTierMap" 1092, as
shown in FIG. 57. Furthermore, Tables 110-112 below illustrate buyer industry segmentation, spend and size information, which can be stored in the database table structure 1185 in tables
"IkpIndustrySegmentation" 1096 "IkpBuyerSpendProfile" 1097 and "IkpBuyerSizeProfile" 1098,
as shown in FIG. 57. The industry segmentation can be project-specific or applicable to the buyer
as a whole. TABLE 103
Exemplary IkpProjectlmpactCode
Figure imgf000182_0001
TABLE 104
Exemplary lkpDeliverablelmportance
Figure imgf000182_0002
TABLE 105
Exemplary IkpPMOwnershipStatus
Figure imgf000183_0001
TABLE 106
Exemplary lkpVendorMaster
Figure imgf000183_0002
TABLE 107
Exemplary lkpBuyerMaster
Figure imgf000184_0001
TABLE 108
Exemplary lkpVendorTier
Figure imgf000184_0002
TABLE 109
Exemplary tblVendorTierMap
Figure imgf000185_0001
TABLE 110
IkpIndustrySegmentation
Figure imgf000185_0002
TABLE 111
IkpBuyerSpendProfile
Figure imgf000186_0001
TABLE 112
IkpBuyerSizeProfile
Figure imgf000186_0002
As described above in connection with FIG. 52, the project performance data forms a part
ofthe transactional data that is stored in the database. Referring again to FIG. 58, the
transactional data 1195 may include not only the bid data 212, but also the project tracking
parameters 870, voucher information 1160 and project performance data 1190. AU ofthe
transactional data 1195 is stored in the lower-level database system 150 that contains databases
(155, not shown) for buyers, vendors and administrators. In some embodiments, the transactional
data 1195 is maintained only at the lower-level database 150, and therefore, the analytical data is
restricted to only the transactional data 1195 within that lower-level database. For example, a
buyer/administrator or vendor may not permit their transactional data to be accessed by any outside (third-party) sources. In this situation, to generate analytical data including the
buyer/administrator or vendor transactional data, the buyer/administrator or vendor is limited to
just their transactional data.
In other embodiments, as shown in FIG. 59, all or a portion ofthe transactional data 1195
can be transferred up to the top-level database 160 (hereinafter the "central database 160") for
later use or retrieval for analytical purposes. The transactional data can be transferred from the lower-level database 155 to the central database 160 at any time or for any reason. As an
example, the transactional data 1195a, 1195b and 1195c (collectively, 1195) stored in multiple
buyer databases 155a, 155b and 115c, respectively, can be transferred up to the central database
160 for storage therein. The transfer can take place in a batch mode process, in which the
transactional data 1195 having record creation dates within a specific time period are transferred
in a batch up to the central database 160. For example, each week, all ofthe transactional data 1195 having record creation dates for that week can be transferced in a batch up to the central
database 160.
The transferred transactional data 1195 can include all ofthe transactional data 1195 in
the lower-level database 160 or only a portion as designated by the system or the buyer/administrator and/or vendor. For example, various portions ofthe transactional data 1195
may not be necessary for industry-wide analytical purposes, and therefore, the transactional data
1195 transferred to the central database 160 may exclude those portions that are unnecessary. As
another example, the buyer/administrator and/or vendor may desire to limit the type of transactional data 1195 that is made available to the central database 160 for privacy or other reasons.
Referring now to FIG. 60, there is illustrated exemplary functionality for generating the analytical data 270. A reporting module 126 or 127 is shown in FIG. 60 for the generation ofthe analytical data 270, in accordance with embodiments ofthe present invention. The reporting module 126 or 127 can include any hardware, software and/or firmware required to perform the functions ofthe module, and can be implemented within the server 120 or 125, respectively, or an additional server (not shown). For example, the reporting module 126 can be resident in software modules 128 within the server 120, as shown in FIG. 3B. The analytical data 270 can be generated using transactional data 1195 from a lower-level database (not specifically shown) within the lower-level database system 150 or from the central database 160, depending on the type of analytical data 270 desired. For example, if a buyer user requires analytical data related to only those projects associated with the buyer, the buyer user would access the transactional data 1195 within the lower-level database ofthe buyer within the the lower-level database system 150. However, if the buyer user requires industry analytical data related to projects associated with multiple buyers, the buyer user would access the transactional data 1195 within the central database 160.
To receive analytical data 270 using transactional data 1195 from either the lower-level database system 150 or the central database 160, a buyer user, vendor user or administrative user accesses the respective server 120 or 125 associated with the database 150 or 160 via the buyer browser 20a, vendor browser 20b or administrative browser 20c, respectively and the data network 40. The buyer module 110 or 140, vendor module 115 or 145 or administrative module
135 or 149 interfaces with the reporting module 126 or 127 to push web pages to the buyer
browser 20a, vendor browser 20b or administrative browser 20c, respectively, to assist the buyer
user, vendor user or administrative user in generating a request 285 for a specific type of analytical data 270. For example, the analytical data 270 requested can be related to various price
and performance factors as a function ofthe transactional data 1195. The analytical data 270 can
be related to a single project, multiple projects, multiple vendors or multiple buyers, the latter
being possible with only the central database transactional data 1195. The different permutations and possibilities for the different types of analytical data 270 that can be generated are limited only
by the type and amount of transactional data 1195 that is stored. In addition, it should be
understood that, although not shown, in other embodiments, a contractor user may be allowed to
access various analytical data 270 that the contractor is authorized to view, such as the number of
hours worked by the contractor on a project to date, the number of hours worked on all projects
within a certain time period, the pay rate for different projects, the average pay rate, etc.
In some embodiments, the request 285 submitted by the user may contain one or more
filters 280 to focus the analytical data 270 on specific transactional data 1195. For example, the
user may want to receive analytical data 270 related to only those projects completed in a specific geographical area or associated with a specific project type or industry segmentation. The
reporting module 126 or 127 uses the filters 280 to access the database 150 or 160 to retrieve filtered transactional data 1198 that contains only that transactional data that meets the requirements ofthe filters 280. From the filtered transactional data 1198, the reporting module 126 or 127 generates the analytical data 270.
Using the transactional data 1195 or filtered transactional data 1198, the reporting module 126 or 127 generates the analytical data 270 based on the request 285. For example, if the request 285 is for a financial report indicating the projected spending in future months on current projects, the reporting module 126 or 127 can access the transactional data 1195 to retrieve various project tracking parameters related to future requisition amounts of current projects, and aggregate the requisition amounts by month to generate the analytical data 270. As another example, if the request 285 is for a statistical report on the percentage of expenditures on various components of projects (e.g., materials, expenses, deliverables, labor, etc.) with tier 1 vendors, the reporting module 126 or 127 can access the transactional data 1195 to retrieve various bid data (to determine the projects tied to tier 1 vendors), project tracking parameters, voucher information and project performance data and utilize various mathematical and statistical functions to produce the analytical data 270. The reporting module 126 or 127 pushes web pages including reporting views containing the analytical data to the buyer browser 20a, vendor browser 20b or administrative browser 20c.
Exemplary processes for generating various types of analytical data 270 using various types of transactional data are shown in FIGs. 61-67. However, it should be understood that the processes shown are merely examples ofthe numerous processes capable of being performed using the system ofthe present invention. FIG. 61 is an exemplary flow chart describing a process for generating
analytical data as requested by a user ofthe system. In this process, a request for the analytical data as a function of transactional data including at least the bid data that was coUected during the on-line
bid process is received (step 4800). The request may be submitted as a search and/or sort request
to select particular or general types of bid data as submitted in the bids. In addition, the request may
include one or more filters to nanow the amount of bid data within the selected types of bid data that
is used in the generation ofthe analytical data.
Once the requisite transactional data is identified and retrieved, the analytical data is generated
from the transactional data (step 4810). In generating the analytical data, various mathematical and
statistical functions may be utilized to produce a wide variety of information requested by the user.
The analytical data can be generated from bid data related to a single project, multiple projects,
multiple vendors or multiple buyers, and it can be presented to the user in a variety of reporting
views. For example, exemplary reporting views include summary views, aggregate views, estimation
views, statistical views, project performance views or any combination of thereof. The analytical data may be utilized by the user for a variety of purposes, including assessing individual bids, assessing
vendor performance, assessing spending or income, assessing inflation within an industry, producing
industry trend information, etc.
FIG. 62 is an exemplary flow chart describing a process for generating analytical data
including aggregate project performance data across current, past and/or future projects within the system. The project performance data is stored by the system (step 4820), as described above in connection with FIGs. 53-56. In this process, a request for aggregate project performance data is received from an authorized user of the system (step 4830). The request may be submitted as a search and/or sort request to select particular or general types of project performance data as coUected by the system. In addition, the request may include one or more filters to narrow the amount of project performance data within the selected types of project performance data that is used in the generation of the analytical data. It should be understood that the request is to collect project performance data from across multiple projects being performed by one or more vendors for one or more buyers so as to aggregate the project performance data.
Once the requisite project performance data is identified and retrieved, the aggregate project performance data is generated (step 4840). In generating the aggregate project performance data, various arithmetic and/or statistical analysis operations may be utilized. For example, the system can compute a variety of information related to projects, such as the percentage of projects that are on- time or under-budget, etc. The aggregate project performance data can be presented to the user in a variety of reporting views. For example, exemplary reporting views include summary views, estimation views or statistical views. The aggregate project performance data may be utUized by the user for a variety of purposes, including assessing the individual performance of a vendor relative to other vendors, assessing past, present or future spending or income, assessing inflation within an industry, producing industry trend information, etc.
FIG. 63 is an exemplary flow chart describing a process for generating analytical data including aggregate statistical project performance data related to individual projects. The project performance data is stored by the system (step 4850), as described above in connection with
FIGs. 53-56. In this process, a request for aggregate statistical project performance data is
received from an authorized user ofthe system (step 4860). The request may be submitted as a
search and/or sort request to select particular or general types of project performance data as
collected by the system. In addition, the request may include one or more filters to narrow the
amount of project performance data within the selected types of project performance data that is
used in the generation ofthe analytical data. It should be understood that the request is to collect
project performance data from across multiple projects being performed by one or more vendors
for one or more buyers so as to calculate statistical data related to the individual projects and
aggregate the statistical data.
Once the requisite project performance data is identified and retrieved, statistical project
performance data is calculated for individual projects (step 4870) using various arithmetic and/or
statistical analysis operations. The statistical analysis can compute a variety of information about
a project, such as average monthly cost, average expenditure, percentage of total cost for various
components or aspects ofthe project, etc. Thereafter, the individual statistical data is aggregated
to generate aggregate statistical project performance data (step 4880). The aggregate statistical
project performance data can be presented to the user in a variety of reporting views. For
example, exemplary reporting views include summary views, estimation views, etc. By aggregating the statistical data across multiple projects being performed by vendors, the buyer
may get an overall view ofthe projects being performed to assist in assessing the projects as a whole.
FIG. 64 is an exemplary flow chart describing the generation of analytical data based on transactional data, where the transactional data includes at least bid data, project tracking parameters and project performance data. The transactional data is stored by the system (step 4900), as described above in connection with FIG. 52. In this process, a request for the analytical data is received from an authorized user ofthe system (step 4910). The request may be submitted as a search and/or sort request to select particular or general types of transactional data as collected by the system. In addition, the request may include one or more filters to narrow the amount of transactional data within the selected types of transactional data that is used in the generation of the analytical data.
Once the requisite transactional data is identified and retrieved, the analytical data is generated from one or more components ofthe transactional data (e.g., bid data, project tracking parameters and/or project performance data) (step 4920). In generating the analytical data, various mathematical and statistical functions may be utilized to produce a wide variety of information requested by the user. The analytical data can be generated from transactional data related to a single project, multiple projects, multiple vendors or multiple buyers, and it can be presented to the user in a variety of reporting views. For example, exemplary reporting views include summary views, aggregate views, estimation views, statistical views, project performance views or any combination of thereof. The analytical data may be graphically displayed to assist the user in analyzing projects or industry trends. FIG. 65 is an exemplary flow chart describing a more detailed process of collecting the
transactional data and generating analytical data from the transactional data. Initially, a bid is formed by the buyer, where the bid includes data fields to receive bid data from the buyer and
vendor (step 4950). For example, the data fields can enable the buyer and vendor to enter bid
data related to the price, quantity, and procurement time terms. It should be understood that the
data fields included in the bid are associated with the selected bid items, as described above in the
Bid Activity section. When the bid data is received by the system from the buyer and vendor
(step 4955), the bid data is stored in the system as transactional data (step 4960).
Upon award ofthe project, the project tracking parameters for the project related to the
bid are received (step 4965) and stored as further transactional data (step 4970). During the
performance ofthe project, various project performance data related to the project are received (step 4975) and stored as further transactional data (step 4980). Once the transactional data has been received and stored, a subsequent request for analytical data as a function ofthe
transactional data is received (step 4985). The request may be submitted as a search and/or sort
request by the user to select particular or general types of transactional data as collected by the
system. In addition, the request may include one or more filters to nanow the amount of
transactional data within the selected types of transactional data that is used in the generation of
the analytical data.
Once the requisite transactional data is identified and retrieved, the analytical data is generated from one or more components ofthe transactional data (e.g., bid data, project tracking parameters and/or project performance data) (step 4990). In generating the analytical data, various mathematical and statistical functions may be utilized to produce a wide variety of information requested by the user. The analytical data can be generated from transactional data related to a single project, multiple projects, multiple vendors or multiple buyers, and it can be presented to the user in a variety of reporting views. For example, exemplary reporting views include summary views, aggregate views, estimation views, statistical views, project performance views or any combination of thereof. The analytical data may be graphically displayed to assist the user in analyzing projects or industry trends.
FIG. 66 is an exemplary flow chart describing a process for generating industry analytical data as a function of transactional data produced by projects of one or more buyers. Because the system is capable of managing projects for multiple buyers, industry analytical data may be assessed from the projects being performed across an entire industry. As a matter of course in using the system, the various projects ofthe buyers who utilize the system can be tracked via the transactional information. By analyzing the transactional data across multiple buyers, industry trends may be developed. For example, in the telecommunications industry, where there may be multiple projects related to the installation of central switches, the average cost, development time, installation time, and failure rates of central switches may be generated utilizing the principles ofthe present invention.
Initially, the industry analysis process begins when a request for industry analytical data is received by the system (e.g., the administrative server 125 in FIG. 2A) (step 5000). The request may be from the vendors, buyers, or administrator ofthe system. Based on the request, the transactional data related to multiple projects across multiple buyers is accessed in the central database (step 5010). The request may be submitted as a search and/or sort request by the user to select particular or general types of transactional data as collected by the system. In addition, the request may include one or more filters to narrow the amount of transactional data within the selected types of transactional data that is used in the generation ofthe analytical data.
Once the requisite transactional data is identified and retrieved, industry analytical data can be generated as a function ofthe transactional data (step 5020). In generating the industry analytical data, mathematical and/or statistical functions may be utilized to produce a variety of industry analytical data that the user is interested in viewing. The industry analytical data can be presented to the user in a variety of reporting views. For example, exemplary reporting views include summary views, aggregate views, estimation views, statistical views, project performance views or any combination of thereof. The analytical data may be graphically displayed to assist the user in analyzing projects or industry trends. FIG. 67 is an exemplary flow chart describing a more detailed process for collecting the transactional data via a batch mode process from multiple buyers and generating industry analytical data from the transactional data. Transactional data for individual projects is stored in the lower-level databases associated with the buyers, vendors and administrators related to projects (step 5050). To process requests for industry analytical data, the necessary and authorized transactional data from each ofthe lower-level databases is retrieved up into the central database as a batch mode process, as described above and as is understood in the art (step
5060). Once the batch transactional data has been received and stored, a subsequent request for
industry analytical data as a function ofthe batch transactional data is received (step 5070). The request may be submitted as a search and/or sort request by the user to select particular or general
types of transactional data as coUected by the system. In addition, the request may include one or more filters to narrow the amount of transactional data within the selected types of transactional
data that is used in the generation ofthe analytical data.
Based on the request and any filters, the system accesses the batch transactional data to
identify and retrieve the particular batch transactional data needed to perform the requested
industry analysis (step 5080). Thereafter, the industry analytical data is generated from the
identified batch transactional data (step 5090). In generating the industry analytical data, various
mathematical and statistical functions may be utilized to produce a wide variety of information
requested by the user. The industry analytical data can be presented to the user in a variety of
reporting views (step 5095). For example, exemplary reporting views include summary views,
aggregate views, estimation views, statistical views, project performance views or any combination of thereof. The industry analytical data may be graphically displayed to assist the
user in analyzing projects or industry trends.
As discussed above, the analytical data request submitted by the user can include one or more filters to tailor the types of transactional data utilized in the analytical process. Referring
now to FIG. 68, there is illustrated exemplary types of filters 280 than can be used to access the database 155 or 160 to retrieve filtered transactional data 1198 for analysis and reporting purposes. For example, the filters 280 can include vendor profile properties 280a, buyer profile properties 280b, project profile properties 280c and commodity profile properties 280d. The vendor profile properties 280a include any type of data related to the vendor, such as the vendor tier group, vendor business entity type, vendor qualification data, vendor geographical location, etc. Likewise, the buyer profile properties 280b similarly include any type of data related to the buyer, such as the buyer industry segmentation, buyer size or spend capacity, buyer geographical location, etc. The project profile properties 280c include any type of data related to a project, such as the project type, project management ownership type, business impact type, project geographical location, project sector/family, other project tracking parameters, etc. The commodity profile properties 280d include any type of data related to a commodity (e.g., human resource or materials resource), such as the project sector/family associated with the commodity, resource profiling, activity types, geographical location, etc.
Exemplary steps for retrieving filtered transactional data from the database are shown in FIG. 69. After the transactional data is stored in the database (step 5100), a subsequent request for analytical data as a function o the transactional data can be received (step 5110). Based upon the type of request (e.g., the type of analytical data requested), the system accesses the database to retrieve the types of transactional data necessary for responding to the request (step 5120). If the request included one or more filters (step 5130), the system filters the retrieved transactional data (step 5140) before generating the requested analytical data (5150). The filters serve the function of narrowing the amount of transactional data that is used in the analytical process. For example, if the request is for a financial report summarizing the monthly expenditures on projects for the buyer, the buyer can filter the report to include only the monthly expenditures on projects for a particular vendor or projects of a particular project type. Screen shots of exemplary web pages presenting reporting views containing analytical data are shown in FIGs. 70-88. FIG. 70 is an exemplary depiction of a buyer user "Main Reporting Menu" web page 61. It should be understood that similar "Main Reporting Menus" can be provided to vendor users, administrative users and contractor users. The "Main Reporting Menu" is designed to enable users to manage projects from a variety of perspectives. Therefore, from the "Main Reporting Menu," a user can select a reporting type 350, from which a user can select a particular reporting view 360. For example, FIG. 70 illustrates three reporting types 350: financial, project and vendor/human capital. Within each of these reporting types are numerous reporting views 360.
Examples of reporting views 360 within the financial reporting type 350 are invoice details reporting views, commodity summary reporting views, future spend modeling/budgeting reporting views and completed projects financial analysis reporting views. Examples of reporting views 360 within the project reporting type 350 are project performance reporting views, plan upcoming phasing and deliverable activity reporting views and project management planning module reporting views. Examples of reporting views 360 within the vendor/human capital reporting type 350 are financial reporting views, operational reporting views and supply chain reporting views. However, it should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the specific reporting types 350 and reporting views 360 shown in FIG. 70, and the reporting types 350 and reporting views 360 are included in FIG. 70 merely for simplicity and exemplary purposes. The number of different reporting types 350 and reporting views 360 is limited only by the type and amount of transactional data maintained by the system and the requirements ofthe user.
Examples of specific types of reporting views 360 are shown in FIGs. 71-88. For example, FIG. 71 is an exemplary screen shot of a web page 61 presenting an invoice details reporting view 360. Included within the reporting view 360 is analytical data 270 related to particular invoices (or vouchers). The invoice analytical data 270 can be sorted by a number of variables, filtered using a number of different filters 280 and summarized in a number of different reporting views 360. For example, from the invoice details reporting view, the transactional data used to generate the analytical data in the invoice details reporting view can be summarized by project type and displayed on a project type invoice summary reporting view as project type invoice analytical data. The filters 280 and additional reporting views 360 possible for the invoice details reporting view 360 are not limited to those illustrated in FIG. 71, and can be extended to include any customer-specific field (CSF).
FIG. 72 is an exemplary screen shot of a web page 61 presenting a general monthly expenditure summary reporting view 360 containing analytical data 270 listing the total project expenditures for the cunent month and preceding months. Numerous additional summary reporting views 360 can be linked to from the general monthly summary reporting view 360. For example, the transactional data forming the analytical data 270 can be summarized by geography, and displayed as a geography expenditure summary reporting view to assist the user in determining the amount of expenditures on projects in different geographical areas.
As another example, as shown in FIG. 73 the transactional data forming the analytical data 270 can be summarized by project type and displayed on a web page 61 as a project delivery type expenditure summary reporting view 360 containing analytical data 270 listing the monthly expenditures on different project delivery types. For example, the expenditures can be summarized by fixed price deliverables, unit based deliverables, time and material deliverables, time and expenses, time only, service contract or other project delivery types. In addition, statistical analytical data 270 related to the expenditure transactional data in each project delivery type can be generated to assist the user in identifying the percentage of total expenditures made on each project delivery type for each month. However, it should be understood that numerous other analytical/statistical data can be generated and displayed in numerous other reporting views using the same expenditure transactional data. As can be seen on the bottom ofthe web page shown in FIG. 73, a link can be provided to view external (e.g., top-level database) data related to expenditure transactional data. Therefore, the user is not required to log-on to a different server to access the top-level transactional data. Although, it should be understood that in other embodiments, a separate log-on procedure may be required. If the user clicks on the link to the external data, a summary reporting view 360 ofthe type shown in FIG. 74 may be presented to the user. FIG. 74 is a screen shot of an exemplary web page 61 containing industry analytical data 270 presented in an external data project delivery type expenditure summary reporting view 360. Two different examples of industry analytical data 270 are shown in FIG. 74, although only one of which may be displayed at a time, depending on the request and filters entered by the user. At the top ofthe web page 61, statistical analytical data 270 identifying the percentage of total expenditures made on each project delivery type for each month in the automotive industry segment is shown. In the middle ofthe web page 61, statistical analytical data 270 identifying the percentage of total expenditures made by extra-large cap buyers on each project delivery type for each month is shown. As can be seen in the web page 61 shown in FIG. 74, a link can be provided to a different reporting view that compares the industry analytical data to the user's individual company analytical data. If the user clicks on the link to the external data, a summary reporting view 360 of the type shown in FIG. 75 may be presented to the user. FIG. 75 illustrates a screen shot of an exemplary web page 61 containing a comparison of industry analytical data 270 and individual buyer analytical data 270 presented in a comparison project delivery type expenditure summary report 360. Two different examples of comparison analytical data 270 are shown in FIG. 75, although only one of which may be displayed at a time, depending on the request and filters entered by the user. At the top ofthe web page 61, analytical data 270 identifying the individual buyer expenditures on each project delivery type on a monthly basis is compared to the average industry expenditure on each project delivery type on a monthly basis. At the bottom ofthe web page 61, analytical data 270 identifying the percentage of total expenditures made on each project delivery type for each month by the buyer is compared to the percentage of total expenditures made on each project delivery type for each month by the industry.
FIG. 76 is a screen shot of an exemplary web page 61 containing analytical data 270 related to a particular project that is presented in a project costing summary reporting view 360. The analytical data 270 can include the project status, the total project costs to date, the requisition amount (i.e., the amount authorized for the project), the percentage spent on this project in comparison to all projects currently being handled by the buyer, the project margins and other relevant project costing analytical data. At the bottom ofthe web page 61 are links to different project costing reporting views 360 summarized by different types of transactional data, such as business impact type, geography, vendors, etc.
FIG. 77 is a screen shot of an exemplary web page 61 containing analytical data 270 related to estimated future spending for one or more projects that is presented in a project spending estimation reporting view 360. Two different examples of future spending analytical data 270 are shown in FIG. 77, although only one of which may be displayed at a time, depending on the request and filters entered by the user. At the top ofthe web page 61, analytical data 270 related to estimated future spending on a particular project is shown, while in the middle ofthe web page, estimate future spending on all projects is shown. At the bottom ofthe web page 61 are links to different project spending estimation reporting views 360 summarized by different types of transactional data, such as business impact type, geography, vendors, etc. As an example, if a user clicked on the link to summarize the estimated future project spending by project sector and family, a reporting view 360 similar to the one shown in FIG. 78 may be presented on an exemplary web page 61 to the user. The reporting view 360 shown in FIG. 78 is an estimated future spending model aggregated by project sector/family reporting view 360 containing analytical data 270 related to the estimated future spending on projects in different project sector/families. This type of reporting view 360 may be useful to users to ensure that organizational investments are being made in accordance with business plans.
Three different examples of estimated future project sector/family spending are shown in FIG. 78, although only one of which may be displayed at a time, depending on the request and filters entered by the user. At the top ofthe web page 61, the analytical data 270 contains estimated future spending by month that is aggregated by project sector/family. In the middle of the web page, the analytical data 270 contains statistical data related to the estimated future spending for a particular project family, such as the estimated percentage ofthe total expenditures that will be made on the particular project family by month. At the bottom ofthe web page, the analytical data 270 contains statistical data related to the estimated future spending for a particular project sector, such as the estimated percentage ofthe total expenditures that will be made on the particular project sector by month. As can further be seen at the bottom ofthe web page 61, a link can be provided to external data to view reports containing external analytical data on projected future spending. Such external data may be useful to provide insight as to how the general market or specific market members are investing or planning to meet their business objectives.
FIG. 79 is a screen shot of an exemplary web page 61 containing analytical data 270 related to project performance data for a particular project that is presented in a project performance summary reporting view 360. The analytical data 270 can include the project status, the project phase completion count, the past due phase count, the deliverable completion count, the past due deliverable completion count, the percentage of on-time deliverable completions, and other project performance analytical data. At the bottom ofthe web page 61 are links to different project performance reporting views 360 summarized by different types of transactional data, such as business impact type, geography, vendors, etc. Thus, from this web page 61, aggregate and other statistical analytical data summarized by transactional data type can be generated. As an example, if a user clicked on the link to summarize the project performance analytical data by project management ownership type, a reporting view 360 similar to the one shown in FIG. 80 may be presented on an exemplary web page 61 to the user. The reporting view 360 shown in FIG. 80 is an operational performance summary for projects managed by different ownership types, such as buyer-owned, vendor-owned, joint ownership, etc., containing analytical data 270 related to the performance of projects having different ownerships. This type of reporting view 360 may be useful to users to understand the relationship between success/failure rates as a function of project management ownership. As can be seen at the bottom ofthe web page 61, a link can be provided to external data to view reports containing external analytical data on project performance as it relates to project management ownership. As another example, if a user clicked on the link on the bottom ofthe web page 61 in FIG. 79 to view a risk/failure report, a reporting view 360 similar to the one shown in FIG. 81 may be presented on an exemplary web page 61 to the user. The reporting view 360 shown in FIG. 81 is a project risk/failure performance exception report containing analytical data 270 related to the performance of at-risk or non-compliant projects having past due dates or other difficulties.
FIG. 82 is a screen shot of an exemplary web page 61 containing analytical data 270 related to project planning that is presented in a planning matrix reporting view 360. The analytical data 270 can include, for example, the total project count for the current month and fiiture months, and other project planning analytical data 270. FIG. 83 is a screen shot of an exemplary web page 61 containing analytical data related to more specific project planning that is presented in a project planning tool reporting view 360. For example, a user can select a particular project sector/family and choose from various "impact variables" (e.g., filters 280), such as geography, vendor tier, etc., and various project performance reporting views 360 to present a reporting view 360 containing aggregate summary analytical data 270 associated with every combination ofthe listed impact variables associated with the specific historical project performance data. This type of reporting view 360 may be useful to a user to provide significant insight into which business configurations (variable aggregates) have been successful and which ones have not. FIG. 84 is a screen shot of an exemplary web page 61 containing analytical data 270 related to spending trends as a function of vendor tiers that is presented in a vendor tier code spending reporting view 360. Two examples of vendor tier spending data are shown in FIG. 84, although only one of which may be displayed at a time, depending on the request and filters entered by the user. At the top ofthe web page 61, the analytical data 270 includes the amount spent on one or more vendors within a specific vendor tier on a month-by-month basis. At the bottom ofthe web page 61, the analytical data 270 includes the number of vendors in the vendor tier, the total amount spent with the vendors in the vendor tier on a month-by-month basis and other aggregate or statistical vendor tier spending analytical data 270.
FIG. 85 is a screen shot of an exemplary web page 61 containing analytical data 270 related to vendor qualification information that is presented in a vendor qualification reporting view 360. The analytical data can include, for example, a listing of buyer-defined vendor criteria information, associated vendor qualification information for each vendor and an indication of whether or not the vendor meets each ofthe buyer-defined vendor qualifiers. At the bottom of the web page 61, there are further links to different summary reporting views 360 to aggregate and/or perform statistical analyses on various vendor qualification data.
FIG. 86 is a screen shot of an exemplary web page 61 containing analytical data 270 related to deployment of human resources as a function of geography that is presented in a geographical resource deployment reporting view 360. The analytical data 270 can include statistical information, such as the percentage of resources deployed in a specific country, region or city, the percentage of time worked in a specific country, region or city and the percentage of money spent on human resources in a specific country, region or city. The analytical data 270 can further include various aggregate information, such as the total resource count, time and money spent in a specific country, region or city. This type of human resource reporting view 360 may be useful to a user when dealing with issues such as capacity management, pricing, co- employment, re-deployment, etc.
FIG. 87 is a screen shot of an exemplary web page 61 containing analytical data 270 related to human resources that is presented in a vendor deployed human capital resources reporting view 360. Three different examples of human resource data are shown in FIG. 84, although only one of which may be displayed at a time, depending on the request and filters entered by the user. At the top ofthe web page 61, the analytical data 270 includes individual contractor information as a function of project performance. In the middle ofthe web page 61, the analytical data 270 includes aggregate and statistical contractor information related to a particular vendor. At the bottom ofthe web page 61, the analytical data 270 includes aggregate and statistical contractor information related to multiple vendors. At the bottom ofthe web page 61, there are further links to different summary reporting views 360 to aggregate and/or perform statistical analyses on various contractor data.
FIG. 88 is a screen shot of an exemplary web page 61 containing analytical data 270 related to vendor performance that is presented in a vendor scorecard reporting view 360. This reporting view 360 includes several filters 280 that can be utilized to focus the view 360 on specific types of transactional data. It should be understood, that although not shown in each reporting view 360 discussed above, various filters would be available to some or all ofthe reporting views 360. The analytical data 270 can include aggregate and statistical information related to the bid, project performance and spending activity of various vendors. At the bottom of the web page 61, there are further links to different summary reporting views 360 to aggregate and/or perform statistical analyses on various vendor performance data. The above-described reporting views 360 and types of analytical data 270 presented herein are meant to provide only an example ofthe robustness ofthe reporting module. It should be readily apparent to one skilled in the art the number and variations of reporting views that are possible with the present invention. As will be recognized by those skilled in the art, the innovative concepts described in the present application can be modified and varied over a wide range of applications. Accordingly, the scope of patented subject matter should not be limited to any ofthe specific exemplary teachings discussed, but is instead defined by the following claims.

Claims

WE CLAIM:
1. A method for producing analytical data in a system for managing one or more projects and one or more bids and having transactional data stored therein, comprising: conducting an on-line bid process on the system; entering bid data into data fields of a bid during the on-line bid process as part of the transactional data; receiving a request for analytical data as a function ofthe transactional data; and generating the analytical data using the transactional data based on the transactional data in response to the request.
2. The method of Claim 1, wherein said entering further comprises: entering bid request data into the data fields by a buyer associated with the bid; and entering bid response data into the data fields by a vendor associated with the bid.
3. The method of Claim 1, further comprising: entering project tracking parameters of a project into data fields associated with the bid as part ofthe transactional data; entering voucher information into data fields associated with the project as part of the transactional data; and entering project performance data into data fields associated with the project as part ofthe transactional data.
4. The method of Claim 3, further comprising: entering the project performance data by the buyer and vendor into the system during the performance ofthe project.
5. The method of Claim 3, further comprising: automatically generating the project performance data using at least the project tracking parameters.
6. The method of Claim 5, wherein said generating further comprises: comparing the project tracking parameters with the voucher information to
determine a status ofthe project; and
automatically entering the status ofthe project as the project performance data into
the system.
7. The method of Claim 5, wherein said generating further comprises: searching the project tracking parameters to determine a time status ofthe project;
and automatically entering the time status ofthe project as the project performance
data into the system.
8. The method of Claim 3, wherein said entering the project tracking parameters
further comprises: entering taxation information identifying taxable components ofthe project and
taxation amounts associated with each ofthe taxable components.
9. The method of Claim 1, wherein said receiving further comprises:
receiving the request for the analytical data, the request including one or more
filters; and filtering the transactional data to produce filtered transactional data using the one
or more filters, the filtered transactional data being used to generate the analytical data.
10. The method of Claim 9, wherein said receiving the request including the one or
more filters further comprises:
receiving the request for the analytical data as a function of one or more types of
the transactional data, the one or more filters filtering the one or more types ofthe transactional
data.
11. The method of Claim 9, wherein the one or more filters are related to at least one
of vendor profile properties, buyer profile properties, project profile properties and commodity
profile properties.
12. The method of Claim 1, further comprising:
providing the analytical data in a project reporting view on a web page.
13. The method of Claim 12, wherein the project reporting view is of a project
reporting type, the project reporting type being one of a financial type, project type, commodity type or vendor/human capital type.
14. The method of Claim 1, wherein said generating further comprises:
aggregating the transactional data associated with multiple projects to generate the
analytical data.
15. The method of Claim 14, wherein said aggregating further comprises:
computing statistical data as a function ofthe transactional data related to each
project; and aggregating the statistical data across the multiple projects.
16. The method of Claim 14, wherein said aggregating further comprises:
aggregating the transactional data associated with multiple projects performed by
multiple vendors to generate the analytical data.
17. The method of Claim 14, wherein said aggregating further comprises:
aggregating the transactional data associated with multiple buyers to generate the
analytical data.
18. The method of Claim 1, wherein said generating further comprises:
computing statistical data using the transactional data associated with multiple
projects to generate the analytical data.
19. The method of Claim 18, wherein said computing further comprises:
computing the statistical data using the transactional data associated with multiple
buyers to generate the analytical data.
20. The method of Claim 1, further comprising:
storing individual transactional data related to bids and projects of a buyer, vendor or administrator in a database system ofthe respective buyer, vendor or administrator; and
transferring at least a portion ofthe transactional data stored in the database
system to a central database storing multiple transactional data from multiple database systems,
the analytical data being generated from the multiple transactional data.
21. A computer system for producing analytical data related to a system for managing one or more projects and one or more bids, comprising: a web-based interface connected to receive a request for analytical data as a function of transactional data; a database system for maintaining the transactional data including at least bid data, the bid data being entered into data fields of a bid stored in said database system via the web- based interface; and a server connected to said web-based interface to receive the request and connected to said database system to retrieve the transactional data based on the request, said server being operable to generate the analytical data based on the retrieved transactional data in response to the request.
22. The computer system of Claim 21, wherein said database system stores the bid data including bid request data entered into the data fields by a buyer associated with the bid and bid response data entered into the data fields by a vendor associated with the bid via said web- based interface.
23. The computer system of Claim 21, wherein said database system further stores the
transactional data including at least the bid data, project tracking parameters of a project entered
into data fields associated with the bid by a buyer and a vendor associated with the project via
said web-based interface, voucher information entered into data fields associated with the bid and
the project by the buyer and the vendor via said web-based interface and project performance data
stored in data fields associated with the bid and the project.
24. The computer system of Claim 23, wherein said database system stores the project
tracking parameters including taxation information identifying taxable components ofthe project and taxation amounts associated with each ofthe taxable components.
25. The computer system of Claim 21, wherein said server is further operable to
receive the request including one or more filters and filter the transactional data to produce
filtered transactional data using the one or more filters, the filtered transactional data being used to generate the analytical data.
26. The computer system of Claim 25, wherein the one or more filters are related to at least one of vendor profile properties, buyer profile properties, project profile properties and commodity profile properties.
27. The computer system of Claim 21, wherein said server is further operable to provide the analytical data in a project reporting view on a web page via said web-based interface.
28. The computer system of Claim 27, wherein the project reporting view is of a project reporting type, the project reporting type being one of a financial type, project type or vendor/human capital type.
29. The computer system of Claim 21, wherein said server is further operable to aggregate the transactional data associated with multiple projects to generate the analytical data.
30. The computer system of Claim 29, wherein said server is further operable to compute statistical data as a function ofthe transactional data related to each project and aggregate the statistical data across the multiple projects.
31. The computer system of Claim 29, wherein said server is further operable to
aggregate the transactional data associated with multiple projects performed by multiple vendors to generate the analytical data.
32. The computer system of Claim 29, wherein said server is further operable to
aggregate the transactional data associated with multiple buyers to generate the analytical data.
33. The computer system of Claim 21, wherein said server is further operable to
compute statistical data using the transactional data associated with multiple projects to generate the analytical data.
34. The computer system of Claim 33, wherein said server is further operable to
compute the statistical data using the transactional data associated with multiple buyers to generate the analytical data.
35. The computer system of Claim 21, wherein said database system is configured to store individual transactional data related to bids and projects of a buyer, vendor or admimstrator, and further comprising:
a central database connected to said database system to receive at least a portion ofthe transactional data stored in the database system, said central database storing multiple transactional data from multiple database systems, the analytical data being generated from the multiple transactional data.
36. In a computer readable medium having computer-executable instructions stored therein and relating to a system for managing one or more projects and one or more bids, said computer-executable instructions comprising: means for receiving a request for analytical data as a function of transactional data, the transactional data including at least bid data, the bid data being entered into data fields of a bid stored in a database system during an on-line bid process; means for accessing the database system to retrieve the transactional data based on the request; and means for generating the analytical data based on the retrieved transactional data in response to the request.
37. A method for producing analytical data in a system for managing projects and storing transactional data therein, comprising:
entering project performance data into data fields associated with each ofthe
projects as part ofthe transactional data;
receiving a request for analytical data as a function ofthe transactional data; and
aggregating the transactional data based on the request to generate aggregate
project performance data.
38. The method of Claim 37, further comprising : entering project tracking parameters ofthe projects into data fields associated with
the projects as part ofthe transactional data; and
entering voucher information into data fields associated with the projects by at least one buyer and at least one vendor as part ofthe transactional data.
39. The method of Claim 38, further comprising:
entering the project performance data by the at least one buyer and the at least one
vendor into the project bid management system during the performance ofthe project.
40. The method of Claim 38, further comprising: automatically generating the project performance data using at least the project tracking parameters.
41. The method of Claim 40, wherein said generating further comprises: comparing the project tracking parameters of a given one ofthe projects with the voucher information ofthe given project to determine a status ofthe given project; and automatically entering the status ofthe given project as the project performance data into the system.
42. The method of Claim 40, wherein said generating further comprises: searching the project tracking parameters to determine time status information of the projects; and automatically entering the time status information as the project performance data into the system.
43. The method of Claim 37, wherein said receiving further comprises: receiving the request for the analytical data, the request including one or more filters; and filtering the transactional data to produce filtered transactional data using the one or more filters, the filtered transactional data being used to generate the analytical data.
44. The method of Claim 43, wherein said receiving the request including the one or more filters further comprises: receiving the request for the analytical data as a function of one or more types of the transactional data, the one or more filters filtering the one or more types ofthe transactional data.
45. The method of Claim 43, wherein the one or more filters are related to at least one of vendor profile properties, buyer profile properties, project profile properties and commodity profile properties.
46. The method of Claim 37, further comprising: providing the analytical data in a project reporting view on a web page.
47. The method of Claim 46, wherein the project reporting view is of a project reporting type, the project reporting type being one of a financial type, project type or vendor/human capital type.
48. The method of Claim 37, wherein said aggregating further comprises: computing statistical data as a function ofthe transactional data related to each of the projects; and aggregating the statistical data across the projects.
49. The method of Claim 37, wherein said aggregating further comprises: aggregating the transactional data associated with the projects performed by multiple vendors to generate the analytical data.
50. The method of Claim 37, wherein said aggregating further comprises: aggregating the transactional data associated with multiple buyers to generate the analytical data.
51. The method of Claim 50, wherein said storing further comprising: storing individual transactional data related to bids and projects of a buyer, vendor or administrator in a database system ofthe respective buyer, vendor or administrator; and
- transferring at least a portion ofthe transactional data stored in the database system to a central database storing multiple transactional data from multiple database systems, the analytical data being generated from the multiple transactional data.
52. A method for producing analytical data in a system for managing one or more bids and one or more projects and storing transactional data therein, comprising: entering a bid data component into data fields of a bid during the on-line bid process as part ofthe transactional data; entering a project tracking parameters component associated with a project into data fields associated with the bid as part ofthe transactional data; entering a project performance data component into data fields associated with the project as part ofthe transactional data; receiving a request for analytical data as a function of one or more ofthe components ofthe transactional data; and generating the analytical data based on the transactional data in response to the request.
53. A method for producing analytical data in a system for managing multiple bids and multiple projects commissioned by multiple buyers and storing transactional data related to the multiple projects therein, comprising: receiving a request for industry analytical data as a function ofthe transactional data, the transactional data including at least project performance data indicating the performance ofthe projects by one or more vendors associated with the projects; accessing the transactional data based on the request; and generating the analytical data based on the accessed transactional data in response to the request.
54. The method of Claim 53, further comprising: storing individual transactional data related to bids and projects of a buyer, vendor or administrator in a database system ofthe respective buyer, vendor or administrator; and transferring at least a portion ofthe transactional data stored in the database system to a central database storing multiple transactional data from multiple database systems, the analytical data being generated from the multiple transactional data.
55. A method for producing taxation amount information in a system for managing projects and storing transactional data therein, comprising: entering taxation information into data fields associated with a project as part of the transactional data; entering voucher information into data fields associated with the project as part of the transactional data; and generating a taxation amount associated with the voucher information based on the taxation information.
56. The method of Claim 55, further comprising: providing the taxation amount to a buyer and a vendor associated with the project
for approval thereof.
PCT/US2003/011341 2002-04-10 2003-04-10 System and method for prodject bid and requisition process WO2003088122A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2003228510A AU2003228510B2 (en) 2002-04-10 2003-04-10 System and method for prodject bid and requisition process
EP03726264A EP1500018A4 (en) 2002-04-10 2003-04-10 System and method for prodject bid and requisition process
MXPA04009939A MXPA04009939A (en) 2002-04-10 2003-04-10 System and method for prodject bid and requisition process.
CA002485952A CA2485952A1 (en) 2002-04-10 2003-04-10 System and method for project bid and requisition process
AU2010204473A AU2010204473B2 (en) 2002-04-10 2010-07-28 Computer system and method for producing analytical data related to the project bid and requisition process

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US37148802P 2002-04-10 2002-04-10
US60/371,488 2002-04-10
US10/262,487 2002-04-10
US10/262,487 US20030200168A1 (en) 2002-04-10 2002-09-30 Computer system and method for facilitating and managing the project bid and requisition process

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2003088122A1 true WO2003088122A1 (en) 2003-10-23

Family

ID=29218568

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2003/011341 WO2003088122A1 (en) 2002-04-10 2003-04-10 System and method for prodject bid and requisition process

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (3) US20030200168A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1500018A4 (en)
CN (1) CN1659568A (en)
AU (4) AU2002318884B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2485952A1 (en)
MX (1) MXPA04009939A (en)
RU (1) RU2329538C2 (en)
SG (2) SG163433A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2003088122A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8156050B2 (en) 2009-05-26 2012-04-10 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Project management system and method
US20210103894A1 (en) * 2019-10-04 2021-04-08 Procore Technologies, Inc. Computer System and Method for Construction Project Prequalification and Management
RU2765993C2 (en) * 2017-06-15 2022-02-07 Сони Корпорейшн Transmission device, receiving device, transmission method, receiving method and information carrier

Families Citing this family (170)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1358594A1 (en) * 2000-03-13 2003-11-05 Volt Information Sciences, Inc. System and method for internet based procurement of goods and services
US20030200168A1 (en) * 2002-04-10 2003-10-23 Cullen Andrew A. Computer system and method for facilitating and managing the project bid and requisition process
US7925568B2 (en) 2002-04-10 2011-04-12 Volt Information Sciences, Inc. Computer system and method for producing analytical data related to the project bid and requisition process
US7698146B2 (en) * 2002-04-24 2010-04-13 Volt Information Sciences Inc. System and method for collecting and providing resource rate information using resource profiling
US20030212604A1 (en) 2002-05-09 2003-11-13 Cullen Andrew A. System and method for enabling and maintaining vendor qualification
US7558745B2 (en) 2002-09-30 2009-07-07 Volt Information Sciences, Inc. Method of and system for enabling and managing sub-contracting entities
US20030225669A1 (en) * 2002-05-31 2003-12-04 Josh Cohen Method of conducting an auction
US20040019493A1 (en) * 2002-07-29 2004-01-29 Lois Townsend Support system for large transaction process
US20040093583A1 (en) * 2002-11-13 2004-05-13 Mcananey Brian T. Project bidding system
US7778864B2 (en) * 2002-12-16 2010-08-17 Oracle International Corporation System and method for identifying sourcing event metrics for analyzing a supplier
WO2004077332A1 (en) * 2003-02-21 2004-09-10 Arteis Inc. Systems and methods for network-based design submission and management
US20040167787A1 (en) * 2003-02-21 2004-08-26 Arteis, Inc Systems and methods for network-based design submission and management
US20040210574A1 (en) * 2003-04-01 2004-10-21 Amanda Aponte Supplier scorecard system
US20050004812A1 (en) * 2003-07-03 2005-01-06 Richard J. Fine Method and apparatus for linking business interests
JP2005038355A (en) * 2003-07-18 2005-02-10 Sap Ag Bid management system and method therefor
JP2005038354A (en) * 2003-07-18 2005-02-10 Sap Ag Data transfer controller, data transfer control method, and data transfer control program
US7337950B2 (en) * 2003-07-28 2008-03-04 Devault Ricky W Transaction workflow and data collection system
US7698165B1 (en) 2003-09-02 2010-04-13 AudienceScience Inc. Accepting bids to advertise to users performing a specific activity
US8024323B1 (en) 2003-11-13 2011-09-20 AudienceScience Inc. Natural language search for audience
US7976311B2 (en) * 2003-12-10 2011-07-12 International Business Machines Corporation Automatic determination of E-learning obsolescence
US8137107B2 (en) * 2003-12-10 2012-03-20 International Business Machines Corporation Knowledge management for recursively virtualized teams
US8688529B2 (en) * 2004-01-17 2014-04-01 Thomas M. Jacobs System and method for associating requests with potential respondents to said requests
CA2558404A1 (en) 2004-03-02 2005-09-15 Volt Information Sciences Inc. Method of and system for consultant re-seller business information transfer
US7805335B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2010-09-28 Sap Ag Purchase list having status indicators
US7647250B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2010-01-12 Sap Ag Method and program product for event monitoring
US8423428B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2013-04-16 Sap Ag Method for allocation of budget to order periods and delivery periods in a purchase order system
US8050956B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2011-11-01 Sap Ag Computer-readable medium, program product, and system for providing a schedule bar with event dates to monitor procurement of a product
US8050990B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2011-11-01 Sap Ag Method of and system for generating purchase orders using an auction process
US7813949B2 (en) * 2004-03-08 2010-10-12 Sap Ag Method and system for flexible budgeting in a purchase order system
US7660742B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2010-02-09 Sap Aktiengesellschaft Method of and system for processing purchase orders
US7983962B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2011-07-19 Sap Aktiengesellschaft Method and system for purchase order data entry
US8046273B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2011-10-25 Sap Ag System and method for purchase order creation, procurement, and controlling
US8027886B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2011-09-27 Sap Aktiengesellschaft Program product for purchase order processing
US7853463B2 (en) * 2004-04-16 2010-12-14 Capital Projects Software, Llc Method and system to assess, track and implement capital projects by municipalities
US9460441B2 (en) * 2004-06-29 2016-10-04 Textura Corporation Construction payment management system and method with document exchange features
US7925584B2 (en) * 2004-06-29 2011-04-12 Textura Corporation Construction payment management system and method with document tracking features
EP1769452A4 (en) 2004-06-29 2008-07-02 Textura Corp Construction payment management system and method
US20080288379A1 (en) * 2004-06-29 2008-11-20 Allin Patrick J Construction payment management system and method with automated electronic document generation features
DE102004047198A1 (en) * 2004-09-29 2006-06-01 Abb Technology Ag System and method for handling a request / quote process
US8606613B2 (en) * 2004-10-12 2013-12-10 International Business Machines Corporation Method, system and program product for funding an outsourcing project
US20060106697A1 (en) * 2004-11-15 2006-05-18 Morgan Lynch Systems and methods for network-based design submission and selection
US7433838B2 (en) * 2004-11-19 2008-10-07 Microsoft Corporation Realizing legally binding business contracts through service management models
EP1677233A1 (en) * 2004-12-29 2006-07-05 Sap Ag Technique for mass data handling in a preference processing context
US8117131B2 (en) * 2005-02-02 2012-02-14 Florida Agricultural And Mechanical University Distributed technology transfer department
AU2006213709A1 (en) * 2005-02-11 2006-08-17 Volt Information Sciences Inc. Project work change in plan/scope administrative and business information synergy system and method
CN101263521A (en) * 2005-08-01 2008-09-10 伏特资讯科学公司 Outsourced service level agreement provisioning management system and method
US20070050230A1 (en) * 2005-08-31 2007-03-01 Umagat Randolph G Computer facilitated ordering, tracking, and reporting system
US20070061774A1 (en) * 2005-09-09 2007-03-15 Jonathan Chan Apparatus, system, and method for managing project customization, compliance documentation, and communication
US8229791B2 (en) * 2005-11-29 2012-07-24 The Boeing Company Methods, systems, and computer integrated program products for supply chain management
US10248914B2 (en) * 2005-11-29 2019-04-02 The Boeing Company Sustaining a fleet of configuration-controlled assets
US8781942B2 (en) * 2005-11-30 2014-07-15 Genesys Telecommunications Laboratories, Inc. System and method for matching electronic proposals to electronic requests
US20100030683A1 (en) * 2006-01-23 2010-02-04 Timothy Maxwell Keiser Method for financing and distributing media projects
WO2007101261A2 (en) * 2006-02-28 2007-09-07 Ici Worldwide, Inc. Merchandise tracking and ordering system
US20070219653A1 (en) * 2006-03-20 2007-09-20 Source Selection, Inc. Knowledge management system for requesting, gathering, and evaluating knowledge in a common environment
US20070245300A1 (en) * 2006-03-22 2007-10-18 Benjamin Chan Apparatus, system, and method for presenting project scheduling information in combination with workflow information
NZ546308A (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-01-26 John Philip Scott Contractor management method and system for recruiting a contractor for a position in one of a plurality of organisations
WO2008069834A2 (en) * 2006-05-12 2008-06-12 Bearingpoint, Inc. System, method, and software for a business acquisition management solution
US8402357B1 (en) * 2006-06-15 2013-03-19 Michael R. Norwood System and method for facilitating posting of public and private user comments at a web site
US20080021866A1 (en) * 2006-07-20 2008-01-24 Heather M Hinton Method and system for implementing a floating identity provider model across data centers
US20080040141A1 (en) 2006-07-20 2008-02-14 Torrenegra Alex H Method, System and Apparatus for Matching Sellers to a Buyer Over a Network and for Managing Related Information
US7506001B2 (en) * 2006-11-01 2009-03-17 I3Solutions Enterprise proposal management system
WO2008057935A2 (en) * 2006-11-01 2008-05-15 Leasecorp Construction bidding system and method
US20080133375A1 (en) * 2006-12-01 2008-06-05 Alex Henriquez Torrenegra Method, System and Apparatus for Facilitating Selection of Sellers in an Electronic Commerce System
US8484095B1 (en) * 2006-12-21 2013-07-09 Ariba, Inc. Supplier approval and activation in a supplier network
US8306883B2 (en) 2007-04-30 2012-11-06 Textura Corporation Construction payment management systems and methods with specified billing features
US10068189B2 (en) * 2007-06-01 2018-09-04 International Business Machines Corporation Storing and depicting organizations that are subject to dynamic event driven restructuring
US20080300987A1 (en) * 2007-06-01 2008-12-04 Infonow Corporation Website monetization
US20090063423A1 (en) * 2007-06-19 2009-03-05 Jackson Bruce Kelly User interfaces for service object located in a distributed system
US20090077480A1 (en) * 2007-06-19 2009-03-19 Caunter Mark Leslie Apparatus and method of managing electronic communities of users
US20090030827A1 (en) * 2007-07-25 2009-01-29 Andrew Burdess System and method for monitoring and analyzing procurement process for professional services
US20100064309A1 (en) * 2007-07-31 2010-03-11 Gennady Klemeshev Broadcast Signal Transmitting Device
US20090070198A1 (en) * 2007-09-12 2009-03-12 Sony Corporation Studio farm
US20090094040A1 (en) * 2007-10-08 2009-04-09 Curt Lewis Systems and methods for generating and responding to a request for proposal
US8112333B2 (en) 2007-10-17 2012-02-07 Hartford Fire Insurance Company System and method for processing payroll related insurance premiums
US8515787B2 (en) 2007-10-17 2013-08-20 Hartford Fire Insurance Company System and method for processing and transmitting payroll-related data for insurance transactions
US7933813B2 (en) * 2007-11-08 2011-04-26 Christopher S. BARTON End-to-end management of carrier services for enterprises and resellers
US9177286B2 (en) * 2007-12-05 2015-11-03 Management Systems Resources, Inc. Free trade qualification method and system
US8433615B2 (en) * 2008-02-05 2013-04-30 Oracle International Corporation Facilitating multi-phase electronic bid evaluation
US8442855B2 (en) * 2008-03-28 2013-05-14 Christopher R. DiPaolo Method of designing and building to a targeted cost for high tech facilities
US8060603B2 (en) 2008-06-18 2011-11-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Persistent personal messaging in a distributed system
US20090320097A1 (en) * 2008-06-18 2009-12-24 Jackson Bruce Kelly Method for carrying out a distributed search
US20090319385A1 (en) * 2008-06-18 2009-12-24 Jackson Bruce Kelly Monetizing and prioritizing results of a distributed search
US20100010837A1 (en) * 2008-07-09 2010-01-14 Hartford Fire Insurance Company System and method for use in billing for group benefit insurance
US20100121752A1 (en) * 2008-11-12 2010-05-13 Banigan Michael H Web-Based Bid Analysis, Award, and Contract Management System
WO2010060181A1 (en) * 2008-11-28 2010-06-03 Jason Yuen Systems and methods for processing requests for proposals and managing inventory
US20100145863A1 (en) * 2008-12-10 2010-06-10 Xerox Corporation Method and system for creative collaborative marketplaces
EA201170796A1 (en) * 2008-12-11 2012-01-30 Текстура Корпорейшн PRE-QUALIFICATION OF THE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION
US20100257113A1 (en) * 2009-04-06 2010-10-07 Microsoft Corporation Metric-based events for social networks
US20100299174A1 (en) * 2009-05-20 2010-11-25 Oracle International Corporation Rules driven filtering of service requests for shared procurement services
JP2013502012A (en) 2009-08-12 2013-01-17 ボルト インフォメーション サイエンシズ インク Systems and methods for commercializing human capital labor employment status / duties
US20110202398A1 (en) * 2010-02-15 2011-08-18 Sarah Photowat Personal planner with targeted advertising
US8554603B1 (en) * 2010-03-12 2013-10-08 The Counsel Management Group, LLC Systems and methods for analysis of legal service providers and comparative unit costs or ratio costs
US8768749B2 (en) * 2010-03-12 2014-07-01 The Counsel Management Group, LLC Systems and methods for analysis of legal service providers and comparative unit costs or ratio costs
US8788590B2 (en) 2010-04-30 2014-07-22 Iliv Technologies Inc. Collaboration tool
RU2470355C2 (en) * 2010-06-28 2012-12-20 Лилия Артуровна Гречко Business-to-business communication system (versions)
US20120072268A1 (en) * 2010-09-21 2012-03-22 Servio, Inc. Reputation system to evaluate work
US8589257B2 (en) 2010-12-31 2013-11-19 Nulogy Corporation Method, system and apparatus for managing inventory
US20120198375A1 (en) * 2011-01-27 2012-08-02 Carter Stephen R Multi-condition resource planning
US8744881B2 (en) * 2011-02-02 2014-06-03 Oferta, Inc. Systems and methods for purchasing insurance
US9053502B2 (en) 2011-04-12 2015-06-09 Xerox Corporation System and method of communicating with distributed marketplaces
RU2480830C2 (en) * 2011-04-26 2013-04-27 Закрытое акционерное общество "Торговый Дом "ПЕРЕКРЕСТОК" Method for automated data processing for making managerial decisions on project or project portfolio
AU2012271854A1 (en) * 2011-06-12 2014-01-30 EnergySage, Inc. Energy systems
US10984387B2 (en) 2011-06-28 2021-04-20 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Automatic task extraction and calendar entry
US8438049B2 (en) 2011-08-02 2013-05-07 Hartford Fire Insurance Company System and method for processing data related to group benefit insurance having critical illness coverage
US20130060659A1 (en) * 2011-09-02 2013-03-07 Oracle International Corporation System and method for splitting collaboration on event metrics for a supplier to respond to based on functional role
US20130179312A1 (en) * 2012-01-06 2013-07-11 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Methods and Systems for Controlling Costs Associated with a Third-Party Vendor of a Network Provider
US8856291B2 (en) * 2012-02-14 2014-10-07 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Providing configurable workflow capabilities
US10417575B2 (en) 2012-12-14 2019-09-17 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Resource allocation for machine learning
US9691056B2 (en) 2012-03-07 2017-06-27 Clearxchange, Llc System and method for transferring funds
US10970688B2 (en) 2012-03-07 2021-04-06 Early Warning Services, Llc System and method for transferring funds
US10318936B2 (en) 2012-03-07 2019-06-11 Early Warning Services, Llc System and method for transferring funds
US11593800B2 (en) 2012-03-07 2023-02-28 Early Warning Services, Llc System and method for transferring funds
US10395247B2 (en) 2012-03-07 2019-08-27 Early Warning Services, Llc Systems and methods for facilitating a secure transaction at a non-financial institution system
US10395223B2 (en) 2012-03-07 2019-08-27 Early Warning Services, Llc System and method for transferring funds
US20130246112A1 (en) * 2012-03-16 2013-09-19 Microsoft Corporation Visualization of internal and external commitments on a project plan using deliverables
US20140143126A1 (en) * 2012-11-21 2014-05-22 Shaheen Malik Loan Analysis And Management System
US8935239B2 (en) 2012-11-26 2015-01-13 International Business Machines Corporation Knowledge management for solution design during sales and pre-sales
US11144872B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2021-10-12 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Delivery to an unattended location
US10387824B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2019-08-20 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Systems and methods for delivery of an item
US20140359605A1 (en) * 2013-05-30 2014-12-04 Microsoft Corporation Bundle package signing
US20140357357A1 (en) 2013-05-30 2014-12-04 Microsoft Corporation Game bundle package
US9323514B2 (en) 2013-05-30 2016-04-26 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Resource package indexing
US9766870B2 (en) * 2013-05-30 2017-09-19 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Bundle package generation
US9443268B1 (en) 2013-08-16 2016-09-13 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Bill payment and reporting
US10672053B1 (en) 2013-08-19 2020-06-02 Michael J. Clemmens Systems, manufactures, and methods for comparative bid analysis and purchase order preparation
EP3053125A4 (en) * 2013-10-03 2017-03-08 Sagelegion, Inc. Social analytics marketplace platform
US10325314B1 (en) 2013-11-15 2019-06-18 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Payment reporting systems
US10733563B2 (en) 2014-03-13 2020-08-04 United Parcel Service Of America, Inc. Determining alternative delivery destinations
US9858594B2 (en) * 2014-06-30 2018-01-02 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Assigning scores to electronic communications with extensions
WO2016057005A1 (en) * 2014-10-08 2016-04-14 Вячеслав Васыльовыч Полиновськый Method and system for creating technology transfer
US10839359B2 (en) 2015-03-23 2020-11-17 Early Warning Services, Llc Payment real-time funds availability
US10748127B2 (en) 2015-03-23 2020-08-18 Early Warning Services, Llc Payment real-time funds availability
US10878387B2 (en) 2015-03-23 2020-12-29 Early Warning Services, Llc Real-time determination of funds availability for checks and ACH items
US10769606B2 (en) 2015-03-23 2020-09-08 Early Warning Services, Llc Payment real-time funds availability
US10832246B2 (en) 2015-03-23 2020-11-10 Early Warning Services, Llc Payment real-time funds availability
US10361981B2 (en) * 2015-05-15 2019-07-23 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Automatic extraction of commitments and requests from communications and content
CN107924332B (en) * 2015-07-09 2023-06-06 意大利电信股份公司 ICT service supply method and system
US11037122B2 (en) 2015-07-21 2021-06-15 Early Warning Services, Llc Secure real-time transactions
US11151522B2 (en) 2015-07-21 2021-10-19 Early Warning Services, Llc Secure transactions with offline device
US10970695B2 (en) 2015-07-21 2021-04-06 Early Warning Services, Llc Secure real-time transactions
US11037121B2 (en) 2015-07-21 2021-06-15 Early Warning Services, Llc Secure real-time transactions
US10438175B2 (en) 2015-07-21 2019-10-08 Early Warning Services, Llc Secure real-time payment transactions
US10956888B2 (en) 2015-07-21 2021-03-23 Early Warning Services, Llc Secure real-time transactions
US11062290B2 (en) 2015-07-21 2021-07-13 Early Warning Services, Llc Secure real-time transactions
US10963856B2 (en) 2015-07-21 2021-03-30 Early Warning Services, Llc Secure real-time transactions
US11151523B2 (en) 2015-07-21 2021-10-19 Early Warning Services, Llc Secure transactions with offline device
US11386410B2 (en) 2015-07-21 2022-07-12 Early Warning Services, Llc Secure transactions with offline device
US11157884B2 (en) 2015-07-21 2021-10-26 Early Warning Services, Llc Secure transactions with offline device
CN105117823A (en) * 2015-07-31 2015-12-02 成都亿信标准认证集团有限公司 Project supervising system supporting mobile terminals
CN105205721A (en) * 2015-09-01 2015-12-30 深圳市众投邦股份有限公司 Data processing method and device
KR101871340B1 (en) * 2015-12-31 2018-06-27 충남대학교산학협력단 System for selecting research and development project by self proposal of evaluation indicators
US10380513B2 (en) * 2016-03-11 2019-08-13 Sap Se Framework for classifying forms and processing form data
US11151566B2 (en) 2016-09-19 2021-10-19 Early Warning Services, Llc Authentication and fraud prevention in provisioning a mobile wallet
US20180107990A1 (en) * 2016-10-18 2018-04-19 Robert Dale Beadles Systems and methods of dispatching contractor services
US20180300667A1 (en) * 2017-04-13 2018-10-18 Tri Force Management Applications, LLC Job estimate, production, and cost management system
US20180307384A1 (en) * 2017-04-24 2018-10-25 Cisco Technology, Inc. Workflow policy interface
WO2018201199A1 (en) * 2017-05-05 2018-11-08 Bizcaps Pty Ltd Tender management system
JP6855348B2 (en) * 2017-07-31 2021-04-07 株式会社ソニー・インタラクティブエンタテインメント Information processing device and download processing method
US10796016B2 (en) * 2018-03-28 2020-10-06 Visa International Service Association Untethered resource distribution and management
US10880313B2 (en) 2018-09-05 2020-12-29 Consumerinfo.Com, Inc. Database platform for realtime updating of user data from third party sources
CN109389482A (en) * 2018-11-05 2019-02-26 深圳市鹏朗贸易有限责任公司 Auxiliary selects calibration method, terminal and computer-readable medium
CN109242449B (en) * 2018-11-28 2022-02-01 佛山科学技术学院 B/S-based government bidding platform
US11321770B2 (en) 2019-03-12 2022-05-03 Fairmarket LLC Work request data system and method of use
US20210304220A1 (en) * 2020-03-26 2021-09-30 Zycus Infotech Pvt. Ltd. Complex sourcing system
US10855660B1 (en) * 2020-04-30 2020-12-01 Snowflake Inc. Private virtual network replication of cloud databases
BE1028831B1 (en) * 2020-11-27 2022-06-27 Verhelst Wouter Bvba METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PLANNING AND PERFORMING GENERAL CONTRACTORS
CA3202588A1 (en) * 2020-12-03 2022-06-09 Chewy, Inc. System and method for controlling access to a private marketplace on supply chain network
US20220309578A1 (en) * 2021-03-23 2022-09-29 Zensar Technologies Limited System and method for autonomously generating service proposal response
CN113359628B (en) * 2021-05-31 2023-04-07 三江侗族自治县仙池茶业有限公司 Control method and device for green tea processing process
US11847542B2 (en) * 2022-02-09 2023-12-19 My Job Matcher, Inc. Apparatuses and methods for classifying temporal sections

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20020046147A1 (en) * 2000-03-06 2002-04-18 Livesay Jeffrey A. Method and process for providing relevant data, comparing proposal alternatives, and reconciling proposals, invoices, and purchase orders with actual costs in a workflow process
US6556976B1 (en) * 1999-11-10 2003-04-29 Gershman, Brickner And Bratton, Inc. Method and system for e-commerce and related data management, analysis and reporting

Family Cites Families (138)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4646250A (en) * 1984-10-18 1987-02-24 International Business Machines Corp. Data entry screen
US4799156A (en) * 1986-10-01 1989-01-17 Strategic Processing Corporation Interactive market management system
US4937743A (en) * 1987-09-10 1990-06-26 Intellimed Corporation Method and system for scheduling, monitoring and dynamically managing resources
US4992940A (en) * 1989-03-13 1991-02-12 H-Renee, Incorporated System and method for automated selection of equipment for purchase through input of user desired specifications
US5117353A (en) * 1989-05-05 1992-05-26 Staff-Plus, Inc. System for use in a temporary help business
US5164897A (en) 1989-06-21 1992-11-17 Techpower, Inc. Automated method for selecting personnel matched to job criteria
US5381332A (en) * 1991-12-09 1995-01-10 Motorola, Inc. Project management system with automated schedule and cost integration
US5291397A (en) * 1991-12-20 1994-03-01 Powell Roger A Method for resource allocation and project control for the production of a product
US5493490A (en) * 1992-05-05 1996-02-20 Clear With Computers, Inc. Electronic proposal preparation system for selling vehicles
US5416694A (en) * 1994-02-28 1995-05-16 Hughes Training, Inc. Computer-based data integration and management process for workforce planning and occupational readjustment
US5592375A (en) * 1994-03-11 1997-01-07 Eagleview, Inc. Computer-assisted system for interactively brokering goods or services between buyers and sellers
US5600554A (en) * 1994-09-29 1997-02-04 Crucible Materials Corporation Methods and apparatus for securing, integrating, and manipulating employee payroll and human resource information
US5802493A (en) * 1994-12-07 1998-09-01 Aetna Life Insurance Company Method and apparatus for generating a proposal response
US5737494A (en) * 1994-12-08 1998-04-07 Tech-Metrics International, Inc. Assessment methods and apparatus for an organizational process or system
US5740421A (en) * 1995-04-03 1998-04-14 Dtl Data Technologies Ltd. Associative search method for heterogeneous databases with an integration mechanism configured to combine schema-free data models such as a hyperbase
US5664115A (en) * 1995-06-07 1997-09-02 Fraser; Richard Interactive computer system to match buyers and sellers of real estate, businesses and other property using the internet
US5715402A (en) * 1995-11-09 1998-02-03 Spot Metals Online Method and system for matching sellers and buyers of spot metals
US7054821B1 (en) * 1996-01-31 2006-05-30 Electronic Data Systems Corporation System and method for modeling skills
US5758328A (en) * 1996-02-22 1998-05-26 Giovannoli; Joseph Computerized quotation system and method
US6088678A (en) * 1996-04-09 2000-07-11 Raytheon Company Process simulation technique using benefit-trade matrices to estimate schedule, cost, and risk
US5794212A (en) * 1996-04-10 1998-08-11 Dominion Resources, Inc. System and method for providing more efficient communications between energy suppliers, energy purchasers and transportation providers as necessary for an efficient and non-discriminatory energy market
US5848396A (en) * 1996-04-26 1998-12-08 Freedom Of Information, Inc. Method and apparatus for determining behavioral profile of a computer user
US5995951A (en) 1996-06-04 1999-11-30 Recipio Network collaboration method and apparatus
GB2313933B (en) * 1996-06-07 2000-06-28 Edward Henry Mathews A method of assisting the conducting of a research project
US6157808A (en) * 1996-07-17 2000-12-05 Gpu, Inc. Computerized employee certification and training system
US5862223A (en) * 1996-07-24 1999-01-19 Walker Asset Management Limited Partnership Method and apparatus for a cryptographically-assisted commercial network system designed to facilitate and support expert-based commerce
US5987464A (en) 1996-07-26 1999-11-16 Schneider; Eric Method and system for periodically updating data records having an expiry time
US6272467B1 (en) * 1996-09-09 2001-08-07 Spark Network Services, Inc. System for data collection and matching compatible profiles
US5960407A (en) * 1996-10-08 1999-09-28 Vivona; Robert G. Automated market price analysis system
US6058373A (en) * 1996-10-16 2000-05-02 Microsoft Corporation System and method for processing electronic order forms
US6014644A (en) * 1996-11-22 2000-01-11 Pp International, Inc. Centrally coordinated communication systems with multiple broadcast data objects and response tracking
US5913202A (en) * 1996-12-03 1999-06-15 Fujitsu Limited Financial information intermediary system
US5923552A (en) * 1996-12-31 1999-07-13 Buildnet, Inc. Systems and methods for facilitating the exchange of information between separate business entities
US6112189A (en) * 1997-03-19 2000-08-29 Optimark Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for automating negotiations between parties
US5915086A (en) * 1997-04-03 1999-06-22 Oracle Corporation Hierarchical protection of seed data
US5978768A (en) * 1997-05-08 1999-11-02 Mcgovern; Robert J. Computerized job search system and method for posting and searching job openings via a computer network
US6158044A (en) * 1997-05-21 2000-12-05 Epropose, Inc. Proposal based architecture system
US6161099A (en) 1997-05-29 2000-12-12 Muniauction, Inc. Process and apparatus for conducting auctions over electronic networks
US5907490A (en) * 1997-06-10 1999-05-25 Electronic Data Systems Corporation System and method for project management and assessment
US6092197A (en) * 1997-12-31 2000-07-18 The Customer Logic Company, Llc System and method for the secure discovery, exploitation and publication of information
US6058379A (en) * 1997-07-11 2000-05-02 Auction Source, L.L.C. Real-time network exchange with seller specified exchange parameters and interactive seller participation
US6266659B1 (en) * 1997-08-07 2001-07-24 Uday P. Nadkarni Skills database management system and method
US6049776A (en) * 1997-09-06 2000-04-11 Unisys Corporation Human resource management system for staffing projects
US6324522B2 (en) * 1997-09-15 2001-11-27 Mro Software, Inc. Electronic information network for inventory control and transfer
US6505164B1 (en) * 1997-09-19 2003-01-07 Compaq Information Technologies Group, L.P. Method and apparatus for secure vendor access to accounts payable information over the internet
US5970475A (en) 1997-10-10 1999-10-19 Intelisys Electronic Commerce, Llc Electronic procurement system and method for trading partners
US6131087A (en) 1997-11-05 2000-10-10 The Planning Solutions Group, Inc. Method for automatically identifying, matching, and near-matching buyers and sellers in electronic market transactions
US6070143A (en) * 1997-12-05 2000-05-30 Lucent Technologies Inc. System and method for analyzing work requirements and linking human resource products to jobs
US6038547A (en) * 1998-01-07 2000-03-14 Casto; Robin L. Construction tracking and payment method and system
US6092050A (en) * 1998-03-09 2000-07-18 Hard Dollar Corporation Graphical computer system and method for financial estimating and project management
US6442528B1 (en) * 1998-06-05 2002-08-27 I2 Technologies Us, Inc. Exemplar workflow used in the design and deployment of a workflow for multi-enterprise collaboration
US6126448A (en) * 1998-07-06 2000-10-03 Ho; Chi Fai Computer-aided learning methods and apparatus for a job
US6349238B1 (en) * 1998-09-16 2002-02-19 Mci Worldcom, Inc. System and method for managing the workflow for processing service orders among a variety of organizations within a telecommunications company
US6230146B1 (en) * 1998-09-18 2001-05-08 Freemarkets, Inc. Method and system for controlling closing times of electronic auctions involving multiple lots
US6189003B1 (en) * 1998-10-23 2001-02-13 Wynwyn.Com Inc. Online business directory with predefined search template for facilitating the matching of buyers to qualified sellers
US7107268B1 (en) * 1998-11-12 2006-09-12 Printable Technologies, Inc. Centralized system and method for managing enterprise operations
US6141653A (en) 1998-11-16 2000-10-31 Tradeaccess Inc System for interative, multivariate negotiations over a network
US6275812B1 (en) * 1998-12-08 2001-08-14 Lucent Technologies, Inc. Intelligent system for dynamic resource management
CN1423786A (en) * 1999-03-02 2003-06-11 奎克斯塔投资公司 Electronic commerce transactions within a marketing system that may contain a member ship buying opportunity
EP1266313A2 (en) * 1999-03-19 2002-12-18 Trados GmbH Workflow management system
US6408337B1 (en) * 1999-05-14 2002-06-18 Coca-Cola Company Engagement of non-employee workers
US6721713B1 (en) * 1999-05-27 2004-04-13 Andersen Consulting Llp Business alliance identification in a web architecture framework
US7089203B1 (en) * 1999-06-04 2006-08-08 Crookshanks Rex J Building construction bid and contract management system, internet-based method and computer program therefor
US6289340B1 (en) * 1999-08-03 2001-09-11 Ixmatch, Inc. Consultant matching system and method for selecting candidates from a candidate pool by adjusting skill values
US6385620B1 (en) * 1999-08-16 2002-05-07 Psisearch,Llc System and method for the management of candidate recruiting information
US6356909B1 (en) * 1999-08-23 2002-03-12 Proposal Technologies Network, Inc. Web based system for managing request for proposal and responses
US6529909B1 (en) * 1999-08-31 2003-03-04 Accenture Llp Method for translating an object attribute converter in an information services patterns environment
GB2371389A (en) * 1999-10-01 2002-07-24 Wellogix Inc Process and system for matching buyers and sellers of goods and/or services
US6302695B1 (en) * 1999-11-09 2001-10-16 Minds And Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for language training
US7437304B2 (en) * 1999-11-22 2008-10-14 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for project preparing a procurement and accounts payable system
US6658400B2 (en) * 1999-12-04 2003-12-02 William S. Perell Data certification and verification system having a multiple-user-controlled data interface
US7505919B2 (en) * 1999-12-13 2009-03-17 Richardson Mary L Method and system for employment placement
IL133617A0 (en) * 1999-12-20 2001-04-30 Glide Ltd Career management system
US20020077954A1 (en) * 1999-12-29 2002-06-20 Slaight Thomas H. Sourcing system and method
US6922676B2 (en) * 1999-12-30 2005-07-26 Jeffrey Alnwick Method and system for ordering items over the internet
WO2001055943A1 (en) * 2000-01-28 2001-08-02 Buzzsaw.Com E-commerce bid and project management system and method for the construction industry
US7457764B1 (en) * 2000-02-04 2008-11-25 Iq Navigator System and method for matching human resources to human resource needs
EP1358594A1 (en) 2000-03-13 2003-11-05 Volt Information Sciences, Inc. System and method for internet based procurement of goods and services
US20010049615A1 (en) * 2000-03-27 2001-12-06 Wong Christopher L. Method and apparatus for dynamic business management
US7653583B1 (en) * 2000-05-16 2010-01-26 Versata Development Group, Inc. Method and apparatus for filtering and/or sorting responses to electronic requests for quote
US20010051913A1 (en) * 2000-06-07 2001-12-13 Avinash Vashistha Method and system for outsourcing information technology projects and services
US20020055870A1 (en) * 2000-06-08 2002-05-09 Thomas Roland R. System for human capital management
US7430523B1 (en) * 2000-06-12 2008-09-30 Tariq Khalidi Automated competitive bidding system and process
US20030208434A1 (en) * 2000-06-15 2003-11-06 Enrique Posner On-line system and method for analyzing vendor proposals in response to a request-for-proposal
WO2002008868A2 (en) * 2000-07-26 2002-01-31 Biometrics Imagineering, Inc. Electronic shopping mall
US6647300B1 (en) * 2000-07-28 2003-11-11 Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. Bidding partner cache for autonomous cooperative control system
US20020042752A1 (en) * 2000-08-04 2002-04-11 Chaves Jimmy Bernard Internet motor vehicle sales
US7533033B1 (en) * 2000-09-08 2009-05-12 International Business Machines Corporation Build and operate program process framework and execution
US20030004850A1 (en) * 2000-09-18 2003-01-02 Emptoris, Inc. Auction management
US7275039B2 (en) * 2000-10-03 2007-09-25 Michael Setteducati Workflow management software overview
US7386475B2 (en) * 2000-10-05 2008-06-10 I2 Technologies Us, Inc. Generation and execution of custom requests for quote
US20030101127A1 (en) * 2000-11-30 2003-05-29 Cornelius Michael Anfred Network-based system for the management of construction bids
US20030055754A1 (en) * 2000-11-30 2003-03-20 Govone Solutions, Lp Method, system and computer program product for facilitating a tax transaction
US20020073082A1 (en) * 2000-12-12 2002-06-13 Edouard Duvillier System modification processing technique implemented on an information storage and retrieval system
US20020087382A1 (en) * 2001-01-03 2002-07-04 Tiburcio Vincio B. Method and system for assigning and tracking tasks, such as under an electronic auction
US20040215467A1 (en) * 2001-01-03 2004-10-28 Coffman Kathryn D. Method and system for electronic document handling, such as for requests for quotations under an electronic auction
US20020103687A1 (en) * 2001-02-01 2002-08-01 Debbie Kipling System and method for ordering contract workers
US7437309B2 (en) * 2001-02-22 2008-10-14 Corporate Fables, Inc. Talent management system and methods for reviewing and qualifying a workforce utilizing categorized and free-form text data
WO2002073356A2 (en) * 2001-03-09 2002-09-19 Omnexus Americas, Inc. Marketplaces for on-line contract negotiation, formation and price and availability querying
US20030018481A1 (en) * 2001-03-15 2003-01-23 Cheng Zhou Method and apparatus for generating configurable documents
US20030055694A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2003-03-20 Restaurant Services, Inc. System, method and computer program product for solving and reviewing a solution in a supply chain framework
US20020161619A1 (en) * 2001-04-30 2002-10-31 Harris Corporation Method and system for arranging temporary project labor using the internet
US7349868B2 (en) * 2001-05-15 2008-03-25 I2 Technologies Us, Inc. Pre-qualifying sellers during the matching phase of an electronic commerce transaction
US6480857B1 (en) * 2001-06-07 2002-11-12 David Chandler Method of organizing hierarchical data in a relational database
US7103567B2 (en) * 2001-07-18 2006-09-05 The Boeing Company System and device for product valuation and associated method
US20030037032A1 (en) * 2001-08-17 2003-02-20 Michael Neece Systems and methods for intelligent hiring practices
US7840934B2 (en) * 2001-08-29 2010-11-23 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Method and system for integrating workflow management systems with business-to-business interaction standards
US20040210490A1 (en) * 2001-08-30 2004-10-21 Almstead Karl F. Tool for managing bids
US7051031B2 (en) * 2001-10-09 2006-05-23 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method, system, and program for managing accesses to data objects by multiple user programs over a network
US7305392B1 (en) * 2001-11-02 2007-12-04 Apex Innovations, Inc. Multi-organizational project management system
US20030101114A1 (en) * 2001-11-29 2003-05-29 Delapass Janine L. System and method for collecting and analyzing tax reporting surveys
US20040205519A1 (en) * 2002-01-10 2004-10-14 Chris Chapel Method and system for automatically generating construction documents
US20030135401A1 (en) * 2002-01-14 2003-07-17 Parr Ian Barry Anthony Method and process of program management for the owner's representative of design-build construction projects
US7792691B2 (en) * 2002-01-31 2010-09-07 International Business Machines Corporation Method, system, and computer program product for providing and crediting a solution to a business issue of a current client
AU2003217803A1 (en) * 2002-02-28 2003-09-16 Avue Technologies Corporation Strategic workforce management and content engineering
WO2003077059A2 (en) * 2002-03-05 2003-09-18 Fireventures Llc Sytem and method for information exchange
US7925568B2 (en) 2002-04-10 2011-04-12 Volt Information Sciences, Inc. Computer system and method for producing analytical data related to the project bid and requisition process
US20030200168A1 (en) 2002-04-10 2003-10-23 Cullen Andrew A. Computer system and method for facilitating and managing the project bid and requisition process
US7558745B2 (en) * 2002-09-30 2009-07-07 Volt Information Sciences, Inc. Method of and system for enabling and managing sub-contracting entities
US7698146B2 (en) * 2002-04-24 2010-04-13 Volt Information Sciences Inc. System and method for collecting and providing resource rate information using resource profiling
US20030212604A1 (en) * 2002-05-09 2003-11-13 Cullen Andrew A. System and method for enabling and maintaining vendor qualification
US20030200150A1 (en) * 2002-04-17 2003-10-23 Elnnovate, Inc. Systems and methods for facilitating negotiations for supply chain control
US7627631B2 (en) * 2002-05-02 2009-12-01 Bea Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for collaborative business plug-ins
US20040158513A1 (en) * 2002-06-28 2004-08-12 Joseph Musacchio Employment salary information system and method
US20040030590A1 (en) * 2002-08-05 2004-02-12 Swan Coalen L. Total integrated performance system and method
US20050120039A1 (en) * 2002-09-19 2005-06-02 Upstream Software, Inc. System, method and software for acquiring, storing and retrieving electronic transactions
US20040186852A1 (en) * 2002-11-01 2004-09-23 Les Rosen Internet based system of employment referencing and employment history verification for the creation of a human capital database
US20040093583A1 (en) * 2002-11-13 2004-05-13 Mcananey Brian T. Project bidding system
US20030177051A1 (en) * 2003-03-13 2003-09-18 Robin Driscoll Method and system for managing worker resources
US20040267606A1 (en) * 2003-06-30 2004-12-30 International Business Machines Corporation Method, system, and storage medium for supplemental workforce procurement and management
US20050114829A1 (en) * 2003-10-30 2005-05-26 Microsoft Corporation Facilitating the process of designing and developing a project
US20050144129A1 (en) * 2003-12-30 2005-06-30 Coolman Jeron W. Systems and methods for paying vendors using CCR data
CA2558404A1 (en) 2004-03-02 2005-09-15 Volt Information Sciences Inc. Method of and system for consultant re-seller business information transfer
US20050288993A1 (en) * 2004-06-28 2005-12-29 Jie Weng Demand planning with event-based forecasting
AU2006213709A1 (en) * 2005-02-11 2006-08-17 Volt Information Sciences Inc. Project work change in plan/scope administrative and business information synergy system and method
US7805382B2 (en) * 2005-04-11 2010-09-28 Mkt10, Inc. Match-based employment system and method
US7676786B2 (en) * 2006-02-02 2010-03-09 Research In Motion Limited System and method and apparatus for using UML tools for defining web service bound component applications
US20080004890A1 (en) * 2006-07-03 2008-01-03 Dwayne Paul Hargroder Interactive employment credential system and method

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6556976B1 (en) * 1999-11-10 2003-04-29 Gershman, Brickner And Bratton, Inc. Method and system for e-commerce and related data management, analysis and reporting
US20020046147A1 (en) * 2000-03-06 2002-04-18 Livesay Jeffrey A. Method and process for providing relevant data, comparing proposal alternatives, and reconciling proposals, invoices, and purchase orders with actual costs in a workflow process

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP1500018A4 *

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8156050B2 (en) 2009-05-26 2012-04-10 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Project management system and method
US10037498B2 (en) 2009-05-26 2018-07-31 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Project management system and method
RU2765993C2 (en) * 2017-06-15 2022-02-07 Сони Корпорейшн Transmission device, receiving device, transmission method, receiving method and information carrier
US11297630B2 (en) 2017-06-15 2022-04-05 Sony Corporation Transmission apparatus, reception apparatus, transmission method, reception method, and recording medium
US20210103894A1 (en) * 2019-10-04 2021-04-08 Procore Technologies, Inc. Computer System and Method for Construction Project Prequalification and Management
US11625685B2 (en) * 2019-10-04 2023-04-11 Procore Technologies, Inc. Computer system and method for construction project prequalification and management

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20060173775A1 (en) 2006-08-03
AU2003228510A1 (en) 2003-10-27
AU2002318884A1 (en) 2003-10-30
CA2485952A1 (en) 2003-10-23
US20110112945A1 (en) 2011-05-12
AU2010204473B2 (en) 2011-10-13
EP1500018A1 (en) 2005-01-26
CN1659568A (en) 2005-08-24
US20030200168A1 (en) 2003-10-23
EP1500018A4 (en) 2006-06-07
RU2329538C2 (en) 2008-07-20
AU2002318884B2 (en) 2009-12-03
SG182005A1 (en) 2012-07-30
SG163433A1 (en) 2010-08-30
AU2010204473A1 (en) 2010-08-19
AU2003228510A2 (en) 2003-10-27
RU2004133050A (en) 2005-07-10
US7747457B2 (en) 2010-06-29
AU2003228510B2 (en) 2010-04-29
AU2010200800A1 (en) 2010-03-25
MXPA04009939A (en) 2005-12-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8204820B2 (en) Computer system and method for producing analytical data related to the project bid and requisition process
AU2010204473B2 (en) Computer system and method for producing analytical data related to the project bid and requisition process
US20060190391A1 (en) Project work change in plan/scope administrative and business information synergy system and method
US8682703B2 (en) System and method for facilitating strategic sourcing and vendor management
US8364557B2 (en) Method of and system for enabling and managing sub-contracting entities
US7685013B2 (en) System and method for automatic financial project management
US7321864B1 (en) System and method for providing funding approval associated with a project based on a document collection
US20010042038A1 (en) Method and system for conducting an auction for resources
WO2001025987A1 (en) System for hiring and engagement management of qualified professionals
AU2013201445A1 (en) Computer system and method for facilitating and managing the project bid and requisition process
AU2012202421A1 (en) Project Work Change in Plan/Scope Administrative and Business Information Synergy System and Method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: PA/a/2004/009939

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 3196/DELNP/2004

Country of ref document: IN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2004133050

Country of ref document: RU

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003726264

Country of ref document: EP

Ref document number: 3521/DELNP/2004

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003228510

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2485952

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003813554X

Country of ref document: CN

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2003726264

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: JP